June Flipbook East

AGRI
CULTURE FOOD & BEVERAGE

M &A
APPAREL HEALTHCARE OPPORT
UNI
TI
ES
AUTOMOTI
VE HOME & GARDEN
BI
OTECH HOSPI
TALI
TY
BUSI
NESSSERVI
CES MACHI
NERY
CHEMI
CALS MANUFACTURI
NG
COMMUNI
CATI
ONS MEDI
A
CONSTRUCTI
ON PRI
NTI
NG & PUBLI
SHI
NG
CONSULTI
NG RETAI
L
EDUCATI
ON TECHNOLOGY
ELECTRONI
CS TELECOMMUNI
CATI
ONS
ENERGY TRANSPORTATI
ON
ENGI
NEERI
NG UTI
LITI
ES
ENVI
RONMENTAL W HOLESALE
MAKI
NG M&A MOBI
LE
You can now s

ear
ch our ent
ire Gener
ati
onalEqui
tyi
nvent
ory
wheneveryouwantand wher
everyouar
e byus
ing Deal
For
ce.
Acces
sed f
orf
ree vi
athe App St
ore and Googl
e Pl
ay,Deal
For
ce
pr
ovi
dest
he t
op-
leveli
nfor
mat
ion ofever
ybus
ines
swe r
epr
esent
and l
etsyour
eques
ta copyoft
he f
ullOf
fer
ing Memor
andum -
-al
l
wi
thoutl
eavi
ng t
he app.
Agriculture
Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

FERTILIZER BLENDING CO. #63588
Northeast North Carolina
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
2019 Revenue
$5.4MM The Company is a custom fertilizer blending company. It brings in fertilizer
products and micro nutrients. It blends, bags, and spreads bulk fertilizer.
STAFF BREAKDOWN The Company has a network of 80 plus landscape centers that distribute their
F.T. P.T. bagged product throughout North Carolina, Virginia and South Carolina.
Plant Manager 1
Bagging 9 The Company’s revenue in 2019 was driven by fertilizer sales (89.9% of sales),
Plant Foreman 1 Lime (2.8% of sales), Land plaster (1.3% of sales), spreading, and private label
Administration 1 bagging ( 6% of sales).
Maintenance 1
Private Retail
Label
WORLD CLASS FERTILIZER MIXING FACILITY
5%
Bagged 10%
The Company’s top-of-line mixing facility has 14 300-ton bins
Spread Bulk and one 400 ton bin; 14” thick concrete walls, and a heated
Product
floor.
35%
Bagged 21,000 square foot main plant with a separate 5,000 square foot
Product storage facility for bagged product.
50%
Chantland Open-Mouth Bag Filler system for 50 lb, 1000 and
2,000 pound bags.
Private
Retail Sales Label Layco computer controlled 10 bin stainless steel declining weight
5% 10% blender; that self calibrates every 15 seconds with two
micronutrient bins and spray bar.
Farmers
35% Layco over head in loading chain system to fourteen 300 ton
bins, the plant is on the main rail line of CXS with a 600 foot
Sod Farms
Landscapers, spur off the main line. In plant receiving system has under car
Golf Courses, unloading from rail cars or dump pit for truck delivery.
Landscape Centers
50% The plant also has a Liquid mixing facility.
Gene Gall Generational Group

M&A Advisor 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: ggall@generational.com New York, NY 10017
Cell: 732-915-2700 INVESTMENT BANK Fax: 972-392-8538
OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified.
Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational
Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and
its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Apparel

Specialty Retailer of Sunglasses &
Upscale Casual Apparel
Located in Southeastern US Region -- Multi Location
2020 Est. Revenue $11.0M | 2020 Est. EBITDA $980K
Superior Name & Reputation
Founded in 2004, the Company has established itself as a leading specialty retailer in the Southeast for upscale casual apparel and
sunglasses. With multiple retail locations in several states, the Company has a well-established and scaled footprint, and benefits from
name brand recognition.
Documented Systems & Procedures
The Company has established systems and procedures that are well documented, and has a dedicated training manager. Coupled with a
long history of researching new markets and opening new stores, the Company has an easy-to-replicate, standardized growth formula.
Strong Supplier Relationships
The Company has many strong and longstanding supplier relationships providing reliable sourcing for a wide variety of desirable inventory.
Investment Considerations
Available for acquisition: This multi-location retailer of upscale casual apparel and sunglasses, provides a wide assortment of the most
popular brands combined with a high level of customer service. In 2018, revenue was derived from sunglasses (43%), men’s apparel
(40%), women’s apparel (8%), and other products which include children’s items, footwear, accessories and miscellaneous hats, wallets,
coolers, and stickers. The Company continues to maintain strong margins on its retail products. Over the years, the Company has
expanded the total number of retail locations across the Southeast and offers customers a huge selection of name brand sunglasses and
casual apparel. At each location, there is a dedicated team of professional sales associates whose goal is to provide customers with an
informative and fun shopping experience. The Company carries popular brands in sunglasses and casual apparel.
Sunglass brands include Costa, Oakley, Ray-Ban, Spy Optics, Tory Burch, Smith Optics, Under Armour, Maho, and other top brands.
Apparel brands include Costa, Over-Under, MG Palmer, Southern Fried Cotton, Southern Marsh, Southern Point Co., Simply Southern,
Drake, and other major brands that fit the southern lifestyle. The Company serves retail customers, including residents and tourists,
men, women, and children. Outside sales and marketing efforts include billboards, social media, and an informative website. The
Company’s owners are supported by an employee base of approximately 18 full-time and 70 part-time employees. Operations are
managed from a 1,400 SF office with nearby warehouse space. Retail locations average 5,400 SF each. All facilities are leased from
independent third parties at fair market rates.
For more information, please sign the Non-Disclosure Agreement
Barry DeWitt, Sr. M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC
Tel: (727) 415-1487 11175 Cicero Drive, Suite 100
Client #61359
Email: BDeWitt@Generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly,
Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be lia-
ble for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network
members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
LEADING MEN’S FORMAL, WORKWEAR & UNIFORM
RETAILER & DISTRIBUTOR #63382
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
This Northeast-based Company provides men’s formalwear, workwear and uniforms directly to consumers (B2C)
through its online web properties as well as commercial customers (B2B) nationwide. The Company has established
$6.7M $661K itself as a leader in its industry and differentiates itself through its strong customer relationships, superior reputation for
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA quality services, premium pricing, a wide variety of products and an experienced team.
Known for its large ‘in-stock’ programs and SKUs, the Company offers a wider variety of products than many of its
peers. As a result, many of its wholesale customers order items on an "as needed" basis which benefits store owners by
$8.0M $796K allowing them to maintain higher levels of profitability and maintaining stronger cashflow.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The Company’s websites have generated tens of thousands of reviews and stellar ratings (averaging above 4.7 out of 5).
(PROJ) (PROJ)
Recently added functionalities to the Company’s websites are expected to provide it with unique features and several
advantages as well as an improved shopping experience over many of its peers.
The Company-owned facilities occupy over 20,000 SFT, are located near several highways for ease of access and have the capacity to support future revenue
growth. The current owner is willing to stay with the Company during a transition period or longer-term given a suitable role.
2019 REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT APPEAL

Wedding/Formal Wear 75% a. Superior name and reputation: The Company enjoys a long-standing reputation for quality products and superior
Hospitality/Career Apparel 23% customer support. The Company’s websites have generated tens of thousands of reviews and stellar ratings
Menswear (general) 2% (averaging above 4.7 out of 5). Another reflection of the Company’s superb reputation is the 80%+ rate of repeat
B2B customers.
2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS
b. Wide selection of brand-name products: The Company represents many of the leading brands in the industry,
Formal Wear B2C 42%
which enables it to meet the high-end needs of its clientele. The Company also offers its customers an
Formal Wear B2B 33%
exceptionally wide range of available products and maintains over $2 million in inventory for this purpose.
Hospitality/Career Apparel 23%
Menswear (general) 2% c. Exceptional management team and staff: The Company’s management team is focused on providing quality,
timely, and cost-effective products, coupled with proactive and responsive customer service. The Company
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS leverages the deep industry experience of their staff to ensure exceptional customer service and satisfaction.
2019 3,000 d. Diversified customer base: The Company enjoys an extremely diverse client base with over 3,000 active
customers. With no single customer accounting for more than 1.3% of revenue, the Company would not be
REPEAT B2B BUSINESS
significantly impacted by the loss any single account.
2019 est. > 80%
e. Strong sales performance: Sales in 2019 increased 35% over the previous year as the Company successfully
EMPLOYEES marketed to several new customers. Historical sales have grown from $5.0 million in 2017 to $6.7 million in 2019,
Owner 1 FT representing a compound annual growth rate of 15.3%.
Operations Manager 1 FT f. Outstanding growth opportunities: There exist several opportunities for the Company to significantly increase
Warehouse Manager 1 FT revenue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and
Customer Service 2 FT + 1 PT existing markets. These opportunities are easily attainable given the appropriate investments in capital and human
Warehouse Clerks 2 FT resources.
Moses Shmueli Generational Equity

Managing Director - M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
E. mshmueli@generational.com New York, NY 10017
T. 214-717-7494 INVESTMENT BANK T. 212-381-7650
OF THE YEAR
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or
warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera-
tional Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Manufacturer & Distributor of High Quality
Footcare Products
Headquartered in Florida—National Recognition
2020 Revenue $3.3 million I 2020 EBITDA $722 thousand
The Company is a manufacturer and distributor of felt, foam, moleskin, and gel foot pads and padding supplies.
Over the years, it has developed a strong reputation for providing reliable products and customer service. The
success of the Company is attributed to its ability to market through effective personal networking, word of
mouth, and industry publications. Products include bulk pads, gel products, pre-packaged pads, ancillary products,
orthotics, and arch supports. The Company targets doctors and podiatrist offices who in turn sell the products
direct to patients along with using these in their daily treatments, also targeting sports teams and hospitals. The
Company distributes its products to various retail outlets and has its own online retail presence for individual
consumers. The Company is well-positioned for continued growth and success.
• Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 7.8% of revenue during the historical
period
• Product Line: A needed non medicated medical staple in Podiatry offices and many medical professional offices
• Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has a stellar reputation for providing high quality products and
delivering superior customer service. It is known by doctors, podiatrists, hospitals, athletic trainers and more
• Strong Sales Growth: Strong 2020 1st quarter growth up 10.5%; during the historical period, the Company expe-
rienced consistent growth from $2,798,000 in 2017 to $3,018,000 in 2019
For more information, please sign the Confidentiality Agreement
Julie Sandoval, Senior Managing Director M&A

Tel: (678) 646-6704Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #63705
Email: jsandoval@generational.com www.genequityco.com I www.dealforce.com
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has
not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient
hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera-
tional Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational
Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Apparel Accessory Wholesaler #63159
Northeast, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Founded in 1997, the Company designs, manufactures, markets, and
$700K wholesales a trademarked brand of neckwear. The trademarked line is
2020 REVENUE (PROJ)
known for its fine traditional and fashion forward designs. The Company
has an expanded line including bow ties, silk knit ties, pocket squares,
$53K suspenders, women’s scarves, ribbon belts, hair accessories, jewelry, and
fabric wallets; all using custom school and corporate logos.
2020 EBITDA (PROJ)
The Company’s lines are sold through independent boutiques across the
United States. The Company markets itself directly to colleges, retail shops,
prep/high schools, and other individual custom product customers.
2019 REVENUE BY Revenue is diversified across many customers with no one customer
CUSTOMER MARKET representing more than 4% of revenue consistently.
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Diversified Customer Base. No single customer accounted for more than
4% of revenue during the historical period. The diversified customer base
helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the
loss of a single account.
Trademarks and Copyrights. The Company controls a well respected
trademark, that dates back almost 100 years.
Significant Growth Opportunities. Several opportunities exist to increase
2019 REVENUE BY revenue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation
PRODUCT LINE to pursue and penetrate new and existing markets, developing internet
marketing with an online store. These opportunities are attainable with
moderate investments in capital and human resources.
Strong Client Relationships. The Company is proud of its strong ties to
clients and its reputation for quality products. Evidence of these
relationships is shown in the 80% rate of repeat business.
Management Will Remain Through Transition. The owner is willing to
remain with the company after the sale. Continuity of customer and
supplier relationships are key to continued success.
Business Location is Movable. The present owner operates the business in
the Northeast, but recognizes that a new owner can move operations to
any desired location.
Sign NDA ►
Jeff Carignan Generational Group
Senior M&A Advisor 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: jcarignan@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Phone: 413-537-3079 OF THE YEAR Fax: 972-392-8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity
makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said
recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer.
Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Designer, Manufacturer, and Marketer
of Women’s Wear #63202
Florida
Sign NDA ►
2019 Est Revenue BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

$1.7MM Founded in 2000, the Company designs, manufacturers,
2019 Est EBITDA markets, and wholesales lines of women’s wear. The
$52K lifestyle brands offer ready to wear luxury garments
bringing empowerment and agelessness for the
contemporary woman. The women’s clothing lines are exclusively sold through
independently owned ladies wear boutiques, department stores, and online
store fronts across the Unites States. The Company targets educated, modern,
and well-traveled females between 29 and 59 years old. Revenue is diversified
across 600 retailers including Haute Look by Nordstrom’s, Shady and Katie,
Couture and More, and many more. Several opportunities exist for the
Company to significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the
Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and existing
markets. These opportunities are easily attainable given the appropriate
investments in capital and human resources.
2018 REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Diversified Customer Base: Given a customer base of over 600 active
accounts and no customer accounting for more than 12% of sales
consistently, the Company’s customer base is diversified and protected
from the impact of losing a single account.
Trademarks and Copyrights: The Company controls their own
trademarks in the US.
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS Strong Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to
 $1.6MM in Sales
 80% Rate of Repeat Business.
clients and its reputation for quality products and client service. Evidence
 600 Active Accounts of these relationships is shown in the 80% rate of repeat business.
EMPLOYEES Rising Gross Profit Trend: Gross profit during the historical period
increased from 81.0% of sales in 2016 to 88.4% of sales by the end of
Production—20 2018. The Company has been able to efficiently control its cost of sales to
Management—1 maximize gross profit.
Owners—2
Management and key employees to

remain post transaction.
Mario Dieckmann Generational Group

Email: mdieckmann@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Automotive

Full-Service Express Car Wash & Lube #61337
Services—Multiple Locations
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA The Company operates a full-service and express car wash as well as lube services. Various levels of exterior
and interior cleaning are provided, as well as different levels of lube services. Revenue is derived from lube
services and car washes. The Company serves vehicle owners in North Carolina. The Company focuses on
$4.11M $1.31M providing the highest quality of services with experienced managers and regularly upgrading the equipment
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA base. As a result, the Company relies heavily on repeat business; it has an estimated 80% rate of repeat
business.
The Company’s employee base is comprised of full-time and part-time non union employees across its
$4.30M $1.32M locations. The Company operates from company-owned car washes and does not pay rent expense. The
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA owners would like to include the land and building in the sale of the Company. Its locations along major
(PROJ) (PROJ) roadways provide high visibility, easy access, and ample space for high-volume business surges.
REVENUE CAGR INVESTMENT APPEAL

2017 - 2019: 4.0% Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 1% of revenue during the historical
period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the
EBITDA MARGIN Superior Name and Reputation: In business since 1997, the Company has built substantial goodwill by providing
2017: 35.9% quality products and excellent customer service. Management credits its reputation for providing high quality
2018: 33.1% products and services as a critical factor that has contributed to the Company’s historical success.
2019: 31.9% Strong Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for providing
the highest quality services at a great price. Evidence of these relationships is shown in the estimated 80% rate of
repeat business.
2019 HIGHLIGHTS Strong Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown from approximately $3,809,000 in 2017 to
$3,114,000 in 2019, representing a compound annual growth rate of 3.9%. Management expects the Company’s
Repeat Business: 80%
sales to continue this growth pattern and projects revenues to reach $4,300,000 for year-end 2020.
Revenue Growth: 6.7%
Strong Earnings: The Company has experienced strong earnings, representing by EBITDA, from $1,366,000 in
2017 to $1,311,000 in 2019.
Genell Boyer Generational Equity

E. gboyer@generational.com New York, NY 10017
INVESTMENT BANK
M. 336-486-7383 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
MULTI-LOCATION, HIGH-MARGIN
TRANSMISSION & AUTO REPAIR
#62995
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Since 2006 this company has been providing high quality, hassle-free transmission and auto repair.
Because of its well-known quality and affordable pricing, they were able to quickly grow from a single
$2.1M $400K location in 2006, to now three successful shops. Their third shop was added in 2011.
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA
The company has experienced and tenured shop managers at each location, making it easier for
$2.2M $426K management to focus on things like growth. With well-trained management in place, revenue has
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA continued to grow approximately 20% from 2016 to 2019.
(Proj) (Proj)
Location is another growth factor for this company. All three locations are well-positioned, with over
60,000 cars passing by their combined locations every day.
REVENUE BY SERVICES HISTORIC SALES ($M) REVENUE BY LOCATION
EBITDA AS A % OF SALES INVESTMENT APPEAL

2016 14.6% a. Multiple locations in high-traffic locations: This company operates with three locations in the
2017 13.7% metro area. All are located in high-traffic areas and in neighborhoods experiencing revitalization
2018 19.2% and growth. Approximately 60,000 cars in total pass the Company’s locations daily.
2019 19.0%
b. Strong historical sales growth: Revenue grew at an 8.3% CAGR between 2016 and 2018.
FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES c. Strong historical earnings growth: Earnings as measured by EBITDA grew at a 24.5% CAGR
Center Managers 3 between 2016 and 2018, with EBITDA margins as a percentage of revenue growing overall from
Builders 3 14.6% in 2016 to 19.2% in 2018.
Techs 6
d. Profit percentage above industry benchmarks: The Company’s 18.5% pre-tax profit margin in
2018 is over 4 times the 4.4% industry benchmark.
CUSTOMER MARKETS (2018)
Retail 90% e. Shop managers in place: The Company has experienced and tenured shop managers at each
Wholesale 10% location who manage day-to-day operations, minimizing ownership dependence.
Jack Sluiter Generational Equity

E. jsluiter@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
M. 804-840-8390 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Acquisition Opportunity
Diesel Parts Rebuilder and Performance Services
Mid‐Atlantic Region, US
Est. 2019 Revenue: $4.7MM Est. 2019 EBITDA: $338K
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 6% of annual revenue
during the historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will
not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
 Strong Supplier Relationships: The Company’s long‐standing relationships with parts dealers
are pivotal in gaining customer confidence and economic longevity. With supplier relationships
ranging from 5 to 29 years, familiarity and expertise with products lends credibility with
customers on the quality of work performed.
 Highly Recognizable Brand Products: The Company has distributor relationships with fuel
injector system manufacturers such as Bosch, Stanadyn, Ambac, Denso, Zexell, AVTeck, and
Delphi, and distributor relationships with turbocharger manufacturers such as BorgWarner and
Garrett. The Company is also an authorized dealer for Cummins Engines.
Recast Historical and Pro Forma Statement of Income
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 31 ($000)
Historical Est. Projected
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
Sales 4,366 5,181 4,611 4,700 4,900 5,100 5,400

% Growth -- 18.7% -11.0% 1.9% 4.3% 4.1% 5.9%
Gross Profit 1,506 1,673 1,702 1,739 1,813 1,887 1,998
% of Sales 34.5% 32.3% 36.9% 37.0% 37.0% 37.0% 37.0%
EBITDA 211 369 327 338 354 370 396
% of Sales 4.8% 7.1% 7.1% 7.2% 7.2% 7.3% 7.3%
The Company provides diesel parts and service specializing in fuel
Client # 56471 injection systems. Products on hand include injectors, injection
pumps, charged air coolers, turbochargers, engines, diesel engine
parts, as well as fuel additives, Isspro gauges and accessories, HPS
silicone hoses, and other performance products. Services provided
include rebuilding and repairing engines, turbochargers, and fuel
Pete Pryor injectors. Additional services include testing injectors and charged air‐
Generational Equity coolers, as well as state inspection for passenger cars, pickups, semi‐
M&A Partner trucks, and trailers.
215‐322‐6696 (Tel)
ppryor@generational.com The Company’s customers include vehicles operators and technicians
from the trucking industry (25% of sales), repair shops (25%),
performance shops (20%), car dealers (20%), and truck dealers (10%).
The geographic markets served by the Company are Pennsylvania
(84% sales), Ohio (14%), and West Virginia (2%).
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been
verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof
acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this
document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the
seller.
Full-Service Recreational Vehicle Dealership
Sales, Parts & Service
Located in Southeastern US
2019 Est Revenue $2.7 million I 2019 Est EBITDA $279 thousand
The Company is a full-service RV dealership specializing in RV sales, service work, and parts sales. Located on the main
road of a highly touristic city, this company couldn’t have better visibility. It is the ideal location for an established
dealer to expand their brand or for the owner that wants to enter the RV industry. The Company’s operations include:
new and used RV sales (66% of 2018 revenue), service and maintenance work (25%), and parts and accessories sales
(9%). The Company’s excellent industry reputation and local brand awareness has established it as the preeminent RV
dealership in the region. The Company’s competitors are located, on average, approximately 145 miles away. Current
revenue generation is based on repeat customers, referrals, and exceptional industry reputation.
 Outstanding Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown from $2,024,000 in 2016 to $2,391,000 in the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 8.7%
 Strong Earnings: The Company has experienced strong growth in EBIT, from $95,000 in 2016 to $182,000 in
2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 38.3%. EBIT as a percentage of sales is strong when com-
pared to companies in the same industry. The Company’s EBIT represented 7.6% of sales in 2018, higher than the
industry average of 6.3%
 Decreasing Operating Expenses: Operating expenses have been trending lower, decreasing as a percent of sales
from 19.8% in 2016 to 17.3% in 2018. Effective management of operating expenses led to greater profitability
over the historical period
Mario Dieckmann, Senior M&A Advisor

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Client #62913
Email: mdieckmann@generational.com www.generational.com I www.DealForce.com
AUTOMOTIVE SALVAGE YARD AND PARTS SALES #62544
Mid‐Atlan c US
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company is a full‐service auto salvage and recycling yard in the Mid‐Atlan c US. The Company sells
$3.4M $265K used auto and truck OEM parts, as well as new and used a ermarket parts for foreign and domes c
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA vehicle brands. The majority of revenue is generated from a mix of the Company’s product offerings.
(PROJ) (PROJ) Those product offerings include:
 Yard‐to‐yard Parts Sales  Garage Services  New Car Sales
$3.2M $232K  Retail Parts Sales  Used Car Sales  Ba ery Core Recycling
2018 Revenue 2018 EBITDA  Body Shop Services
The Company serves a broad geographic market from its headquarters and targets a diverse customer
base. Customers include numerous individuals, car parts distributors, and other salvage yards. No single
customer accounts for a significant por on of annual sales.
REVENUE SOURCES TOP CUSTOMERS
INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

Excellent Warranty Program. The Company offers a 90‐day warranty on all parts, as well as extended The Company has a
warranty programs to help comfort customers when buying used parts. mul ‐disciplined team
providing exper se in:
Excep onal Historical Sales Growth. Historical sales increased from $2,134,000 in 2015 to $2,420,000 in
2017, represen ng a compound annual growth rate of 6.5%. This revenue growth rate is consistent and stable
from year‐to‐year, with li le fluctua on.
SALES (3)
Shipping and Delivery Excellence. The Company is efficient at delivering parts to the local area, as well as
packing and shipping parts to customers across the United States in a mely manner.
Rising Gross Profit Trend. Adjusted gross profit margins have increased, as a percentage of revenue, from
43.8% in 2015 to 45.4% in 2017. This is a result of the Company’s buying power within the industry, as well its ADMINITRATION (3)
emphasis on purchasing high‐quality late‐model vehicle inventory.
Facility Will Support Pro Forma Growth. The Company’s 11‐acre yard is not currently at capacity, so future
growth is possible with the addi on of more vehicle inventory.
DISMANTLING (3)
Turnkey Capabili es. The Company has all equipment on site to run a full‐service, turnkey opera on. This
includes car crushers, forkli s, and recycling equipment, among others. The Company can meet the needs of
individuals and business buyers.
Strong Buying Group Alignment. The Company is aligned with several industry buying groups, which allow SHIPPING (6)
it to source parts quickly, as well as extend its sales network through mul ple e‐commerce sales channels.
Pete Pryor Genera onal Equity

M&A Partner 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: ppryor@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Phone: 215‐322‐6696 OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All informa on contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Genera onal Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Genera onal Equity makes no representa ons or
warran es as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such informa on. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Genera onal Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera‐
onal Equity of this document. At all mes Genera onal Equity and/or its affiliate network members are agents for the seller and not for the buyer. Genera onal Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Tire & Auto Repair Services
Well Established Goodyear, Dunlop, & Kelly Tire Dealer
Prime Single Location in Florida - NDA #61440

Headquartered in the Southeast, the Company provides tire and auto repair services. Specifically, the Company is a certified dealer of
Goodyear, Dunlop, and Kelly Tires, and stocks tires for cars, trucks, SUVs, and vans; the Company also offers oil changes, brake service,
tune-ups, transmission service, engine and radiator repair, fluid checks, air filter and battery replacement, headlight restoration,
preventative maintenance, fleet management, and other solutions. The Company is a longtime Goodyear dealer in Florida. The business
operates through two internal profit centers: Automotive Repair (55% of LHY revenue) and Tire Sales (45%). In addition, due to the
Company’s strong and long-term presence in the region, the business services approximately 1,100 cars monthly. The Company maintains
a database of approximately 6,700 customers, and over 90% of revenue comes from recurring active customer purchases. The
established customer base is a strong asset that contributes to stability, and presents opportunities for continued revenue growth.
The employee base consists of 12 full-time personnel, including its shareholders. The facility comprises approximately 7,700 square feet
and is utilized for office, showroom, shop, and warehouse purposes. The facility is leased from the majority shareholder at the market
rate, and can accommodate higher revenues without major facility improvements or capital equipment expenditures. Growth and
success will continue to be driven by its outstanding reputation for providing high-quality automotive repair services, industry expertise,
and strong commitment to customer support. The Company also relies on strong regional recognition and referral business.
Qualifications
The Company’s structure, excess facility capability, market expertise, brand name recognition, an established customer network, as well
as integrated management systems are designed to provide clients with interdisciplinary automotive repair and tire solutions. In
addition, the Company is part of the Goodyear Tire and Service Network, providing professional service, and offering a nationwide
limited warranty for an extensive list of services.
Strategic Geographic Location & Facility Capabilities

The business is strategically located within the Southeastern US; the facility totals approximately 7,700 square feet. The Company
anticipates on capitalizing on this excess capacity during the pro forma period.
Recurring Revenue & Diversified Customer Base

Over 90% of revenue comes from recurring active customer purchases. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of revenue
during the historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that
Barry DeWitt, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

Client #61440
Email: bdewitt@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
High End Corvette Dealership
Specializing in Sales, Servicing, and Parts
Available for acquisition is an independently owned and operated car dealership specializing in the sale,
maintenance and part distribution of used Corvettes. While the vast majority (80%) of their revenue is
derived from sales of Corvettes, another 15% of revenue is generated from the servicing of Corvettes,
and the last 5% of revenue comes from the sale of Corvette parts. The company also has a geographically
diverse customer base, only 40% of their customer base lives in the state they operate in. 15% of the
customer base is made up of international customers, while the remaining 45% of their customers are
domestic but not in the state the company operates in. In addition to the company’s 15,000 square-foot
showroom, they also own and operate a 25,000 square-foot service center just a mile away.
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer typically accounts for more than 1% of revenue. The
diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss
of a single account.
 Historical Profit Growth: EBITDA grew overall at a 17.3% CAGR between 2016 and 2018.
 Strong Balance Sheet: The Company’s adjusted balance sheet (removing shareholder/related-party
items and adjusting fixed assets to fair market value) totaled $421,000 at December 31, 2018.
Julie Sandoval, Senior Managing Director—M&A

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #62914
Email: jsandoval@generational.com www.generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Mobile Communications &
Emergency Vehicle Upfitting #61854
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Available for acquisition this Company founded in 1965 is a leading Mobile Communications and Emergency Vehicle Up fitter for
Police, Fire, EMS and other vehicles used by local agencies and businesses.
2018 Revenue
$2.4M The Company in recent years has increased its business with auto/fleet dealers, and other customers, who are seeking a reliable,
one-stop shop for their vehicle sales in police and emergency markets.
2018 EBITDA Recognized for their on-trend design, speed to market and production quality, the company continues to post steady high-margin
growth through a diversified customer strategy that reflects market trends.
$148K
The Company’s headquarters facility was acquired in 1995 and renovated specifically to suit Company operations. The facility totals
13,700 square feet situated on a lot with featuring parking for 30 vehicles.
MARKET
New York - Expandable
RECOGNITION INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

As a family owned and operated The Company has a multi-disciplined
business, this Company has made it their a. Niche Market Leadership: This Family owned Company of team of specialists providing expertise in:
mission to be a leader in the industry. over 50 years is an up fitter for emergency vehicles for State,
They strive to be the best and it can be Local and Federal Agencies. Their mission is to provide 2 Executive
seen in their product lines, offering Management
reliable equipment to First Responders to help save lives.
American manufactured quality products. 1 Administration
b. Diversified Customer Base: The Company customer base
The Company is consistantly on top of
is very diverse as no one customer represents more than a few
industry advances. 7
percentage points of revenue in given year. Service
c. Recurring Revenue: The Company has an approximate
75% of repeat customer revenue, from agency and business 1 Account
CUSTOMERS
Management
2018 Recurring Revenue – 75% fleets with recurring/replacement, or new equipment needs.
d. The Sales Channel is Solid and Faithful: They have strong
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME-Sub ties to clients due to their reputation for timely completion
accounts in each and excellent customer service. This commitment is
1. 45% 3. 18% represented in the strong retention and growth rate of
2. 31% 4. 6% accounts.
Genell Boyer
Generational Equity
Senior M&A Advisor
125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
gboyer@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
336-486-7383 Cell OF THE YEAR
2016 . 2017 . 2018 T 336-486-7383
.
336-893-8233 Fax
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verifi ed. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no
representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way
connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affi liate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
MEINEKE
Car Care Centers #63003
South Carolina Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company operates two Meineke franchised car care centers.

2019 Revenue
$1,400,000 Services include: auto repairs, oil changes, exhaust and mufflers, brake
services, tires, wheels, A/C, steering and suspension, batteries, CV joints and
SDE drive shafts.
$125,000
The Company prides itself on outstanding customer service and has a strong
repeat business across a base of 700 customers. Meineke marketing efforts
2020 Rev. (Proj.) utilizes local television, and newspaper.
$1,450,000
The Company operates from a 7,200 and 6,000 square foot facilities on major
SDE (Proj.) highways. The owner will remain during transition.
$130,000
INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Large and Diversified Customer Modest Ongoing CAPEX

Base. No single customer accounts Requirements. Ownership projects
Staff Breakdown FT for more than 1% of revenue. future CAPEX requirements of $5k—
$6k annually as services are heavily
General Manager 1 parts and labor.
Brand-Name Franchise. The
business includes established brand
Store Managers 2 with excellent reputation, enhancing
consumer confidence and driving
demand, offering growth
Technicians 7
opportunity for the future.

OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Biotechnology

LEADING REGULATORY DRUG DEVELOPMENT #63688
CONSULTING FIRM
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA For nearly 15 years, this leading PA-based regulatory drug development consulting firm has been providing regulatory,
technical, and project management expertise in the areas of chemistry manufacturing controls (CMC) to companies that
$6 MM develop, manufacture and/or market pharmaceuticals, biopharmaceuticals, and cellular and gene therapy products. The
Company has experience in obtaining FDA and European marketing approval for many types of regulated products such as
2020 Revenue (PROJ)
biologics in all therapeutic areas including oncology, cardiovascular disease, metabolic disorders, and neurology.
Small and emerging pharmaceutical clients receive big pharma level expertise on an on-demand and hourly fee-for-service
$2 MM basis. This reduces the cost and risk of bringing on top full-time senior level staff, while also providing clients with tangible
leadership and entrepreneurial values.
2020 EBITDA (PROJ)
The owners are supported by three full-time employees and 30 - 35 independent contractors. Success and growth have been
driven by the Company’s outstanding reputation, collective industry experience and expertise, in addition to referrals, word of
mouth, industry journal articles, scientific conferences and a strong online presence.
CUSTOMER MARKETS GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME INVESTMENT APPEAL

Client A 17% a. Deep Experience Level: Since inception, the firm has gained valuable experience working with over 175
Client B 17% companies to develop and obtain marketing clearance for drugs, and biologics in all therapeutic areas. Company
Client C 9% experts include technical and regulatory professionals with over 25 years’ experience working with FDA and EMA
Client D 2% regulators and within CMO/CDMO’s and pharmaceutical and emerging biotechnology companies in product drug
development and marketed drug product support and maintenance.
Client E 2%
b. One-Stop Fully Integrated Solutions: The Company assists in the design and development of candidate drugs --
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS from selection through proof-of-concept to validation and product launch. Streamlined CMC development
strategies for biologics, scientific guidance, CMO selection and management are offered, as well as evaluating
2019 46
the potential for in-licensing and out-licensing. In addition, independent and objective analysis ensures that
projects meet the required technical and quality objectives and are delivered on time and within budget. This
TOTAL CLIENT BASE comprehensive range of services offered provides the Company with a competitive advantage over its peers.
2019 151
c. Superior Name and Reputation: The Company enjoys an exceptional reputation, developed over its nearly 15-
year operating history, of quickly and cost-effectively facilitating clients in successfully developing and obtaining
RATE OF REPEAT BUSINESS marketing approval for most types of new drug regulated products. It is also well-known for its high level of
2019 82% accessibility and responsiveness. This reputation has enabled the Company to enjoy a >80% rate of repeat
business.
STAFF OVERVIEW
d. Exceptional Financial Performance: The Company is highly profitable with an EBITDA margin of 31%. Sales have
Operations 1 grown from $3.8M in 2016 to $5.7M in 2019, representing a CAGR of approximately 15%.
Finance & Administration 1
e. Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Management cites several opportunities to accelerate growth trends over
Business Development 1 the next few years. This includes expanding presence in biotechnology hubs such as San Francisco, San Diego,
Independent Contractors 35-38 Seattle as well as Europe, in addition to current Boston and Mid-Atlantic market, offer additional services in
Owners 2 biotechnology and gene therapy, and expand its midsized pharmaceutical client base.

Managing Director - M&A 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
VETERINARY MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC
MANUFACTURER WITH PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
#63580
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1990, the Company is a medical diagnostic manufacturer for the animal healthcare industry. The Company
contributes to the veterinary diagnostic and research market by offering the most advanced products and services for
$1.2M $128K animal hospitals and research laboratories in the U.S. and internationally.
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA The Company designs, manufactures, and markets low-cost, full-featured hematology analyzers, clinical chemistry
analyzers, and reagents for veterinary applications. These products provide complete blood test results at the “point
of care” environment at highly affordable price points.
$1.3M $137K The Company offers proprietary hematology systems, a series of blood cell analysis instruments and related reagents
which perform medicine’s most often requested diagnostic test, the complete blood count (the “CBC”), the seven-
(PROJ) (PROJ)
part WBC differential, as well as the most demanding of all blood tests, reticulocytes, nucleated red blood cells and
band neutrophils. The Companies also offer a biochemistry system which provides laboratory chemistry capability.
Each proprietary system is composed of an instrument designed to cover an extensive measuring range, and reagents that are specifically optimized to
accommodate the various physiological differences encountered in animals. The Company’s instruments are automated, operate at the touch of a button,
require no maintenance and can be operated without specially trained operators. There are several options available for purchase on each instrument to further
suit customer requirements, and all instruments are upgradeable throughout the range.
2019 CLIENT MARKETS 2019 REVENUE MIX

87%
2019 CLIENT MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

United States 80% a. Proprietary Instrumentation & Reagents. The Company has invested considerable time and capital in R&D,
United Kingdom 13% developing technologies that are recognized as the gold-standard in the veterinary industry. The Company’s
Other Countries 7% instrumentation can only be operated using their reagents which locks customers into supply contracts and
increases the barrier to entry for competitors while increasing the barrier to exit for existing clients.
b. Premium Product Margins. The Company’s enjoys a 50% gross margin on instrumentation and 90% margins on
KEY CLIENTS by REVENUE their proprietary reagents required to operate instruments.
Client 1 (since 2016) 13%
c. Reputation. The Company has a reputation for its medical diagnostic equipment backed by technical expertise
and customer service. The Company has a dedicated team of highly trained and skilled professionals who have
extensive experience within the industry.
Client 5 (since 2008) 3% d. Organic Growth Opportunities. The Company can easily expand into tangential markets, relying on established
operations and reputation in the marketplace. New geographical markets throughout Europe, Asia and the US
are ripe for additional marketing and sales efforts by the addition of dedicated business development staff.
STAFF OVERVIEW e. Growth Through Acquisition. Management’s significant industry experience and knowledge would enable a
R&D 2 Part-time capital partner to invest alongside current ownership in order to rapidly expand the Company’s regional and
Production 5 Part-time international scope through strategic acquisition of similar diagnostic manufacturers. Current industry trends
Marketing 3 Part-time support extensive consolidation within the industry, increasing the potential for acquisition opportunities.
Ahmad Behjati Generational Equity

Senior Vice President - M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
E: abehjati@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
Business Services

SOUTHEASTERN BASED FULL-SERVICE
INTERIOR DESIGN FIRM
2018 Estimated Revenue: $18,000,000 I 2018 Estimated EBITDA: $3,100,000
The Company is a full-service interior design firm with a diverse set of capabilities. Services include
architectural detailing, model home merchandising, comprehensive custom home renovations, and
interior design for luxury home owners and builders.
The design firm typically completes 40 to 50 engagements per year with an average invoice of
approximately $300,000. An impressive portfolio reflects skill and expertise across all services
offered as well as a variety of styles including coastal, contemporary, mountain retreat, traditional,
and transitional.
Our client is registered as an S-Corporation and the shareholder is supported by a qualified team of
28 full-time employees.
Investment Considerations:
 Historical Revenue increased at a CAGR of 21.6% from 2015 to 2017
 Highly profitable operation with Adjusted EBITDA margins of 15.1% in 2017
 High quality design work and superior customer service have resulted in numerous honors and awards
on the local, regional, and national levels as well as a website filled with testimonials from consumers
expressing sincere satisfaction
 Diversified customer base with minimal if any concentration
 Strategic partnerships established provides opportunity to use designer furnishings from notable brands
(Financial Summary on Reverse Side)

Terry Mackin, Sr. Managing Director
(O): (214) 529-4598
Email: tmackin@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity, Inc. and while be-
lieved to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity, Inc. makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and
truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity, Inc. shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered
by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity, Inc. of this document. At all times Generational Equity, Inc. and its
affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Recast Historical and Pro Forma Statement of Income
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 31 ($000)

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
Sales 9,996 10,897 14,783 18,000 19,100 20,200 21,400
% Growth --% 9.0% 35.7% 21.8% 6.1% 5.8% 5.9%
EBIT 254 1,319 2,178 3,035 3,230 3,427 3,641
% of Sales 2.5% 12.1% 14.7% 16.9% 16.9% 17.0% 17.0%
EBITDA 340 1,390 2,228 3,065 3,273 3,482 3,709
% of Sales 3.4% 12.8% 15.1% 17.0% 17.1% 17.2% 17.3%
Adjusted Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2017 ($000)
Current Assets 8,374 Current Liabilities 8,275
Net Fixed Assets 150 Non-Current Liabilities --
Other Assets -- Equity 250
Total Assets 8,525 Total Liability & Equity 8,525
For additional information regarding: Client #62163
Execute and return the accompanying Generational Equity

Confidentiality Agreement via email to
tmackin@generational.com
Fax to: (312) 893-5505

Full-Service Turnkey Electrical
Contracting Services
Located in Southeastern US Region -- NDA #61282
The Company provides full-service turnkey electrical contracting services. It also offers related low voltage and system integration
solutions. Overall, the Company operates through two internal profit centers: lump sum contracts (75% of 2017 revenue) and cost-plus
projects (25%). The Company targets water and wastewater (80% of 2017 revenue), industrial (5%), and pharmaceutical (15%) market
segments within a 180-mile radius of its headquarters. The Company maintains a base of approximately 110 customers (40 active), and
over 85% of revenue comes from recurring customer projects. It’s established customer base is a strong asset that contributes to stability,
and presents opportunities for revenue growth.
The Company was founded in 1995 as an S-Corporation. The Company employs 30 full-time personnel, including its two owners. The
Company’s team has a diverse professional background, depth of experience, and an unwavering commitment to excellent client service.
The facility comprises approximately 10,000 square feet, and it is utilized for office and warehouse purposes. The facility is leased from
the shareholders below the market rate, and can accommodate higher revenues without major facility improvements or capital
equipment expenditures.
Service Capabilities
 Electrical Equipment Integration
 Low Voltage Projects
 Remodel & New Electrical Construction
 Other Solutions
Strong Qualifications & Recurring Orders

The Company’s structure, vendor relationships, strategic geographic location, and integrated management systems are designed to
provide clients with interdisciplinary electrical contracting solutions. Electrical contracting or service projects range in size from under
$10,000 to over $150,000. Due to its strong reputation, long-term presence in the industry, and in-house service capabilities, the
Company’s recurring customer rate exceeds 85%.
Strong Growth Expected & Backlog of Contracted Projects

Revenue is projected to reach $5,200,000 million in 2018, representing a 13.9% growth rate over 2017. The Company’s EBITDA, a key
indicator of financial performance, is expected to reach $808,000 (15.5% of sales). Furthermore, as of September 2018, the Company’s
project backlog totaled approximately $4,200,000, providing strong support for the year-end revenue projection.
Facility Capabilities
The Company’s facility comprises 10,000 square feet. The Company anticipates capitalizing on the excess capacity during the pro forma
period as new target-markets are entered.
Genell Boyer, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

Client #61282
Email: gboyer@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be li-
able for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network
FULL-SERVICE PROPERTY PRESERVATION FIELD-
SERVICES COMPANY
#59174
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE The Company provides residential and commercial property preservation services for banks, mortgage field service
companies, investors, national property brokers, and realtors with a focus on the New England market. With over 32
$4.0M years of experience in property preservation, mortgage banking, and real estate, the management team employs licensed
2019 Revenue and insured field contractors to help customers preserve and protect assets from deterioration, decay, vandalism, and
code violations.
EBITDA The Company offers a full service approach to commercial and residential property management, from all facets of
building repair and rehabilitation to lawn maintenance and tenant occupied service requests. From Wall Street to main
$592K street, The Company serves banks, mortgage field service companies, real estate agents, homeowners, and community
2019 EBITDA outreach groups that have a vested interest in protecting neighborhoods and preserving the idea of home ownership. The
Company primarily targets properties with loans insured by government agencies.
GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS BY REVENUE 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 REVENUE SOURCES
87%
20%
15%
10%
5%
New Market
GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Customer A (2010) 19% Easy-To-Replicate, Standardized Growth Formula: With operations extending to seven different states, The
Customer B (2012) 18% Company has developed a standardized approach to entering new geographic markets. The Company’s
Customer C (2012) 17% business is easily implemented, fiscally sound, and operationally stable.
Customer D (2017) 16% Proprietary Expertise: In addition to the principals’ extensive industry experience, many of the Company’s
Local Realtors (2014) 14% key employees and independent contractors also have significant industry and product knowledge. This
wealth of experience and expertise provides The Company with a significant intangible asset and advantage
over many regional and national competitors.
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS
2019 15+ Annuitized Revenue Stream: The Company’s property preservation and seasonal services are generally multi
-year contracts that create a recurring revenue streams and bolsters the bottom line.
STAFF OVERVIEW NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES

Operations 6FT + 1PT New Markets Expansion: Since inception, The Company has achieved significant revenue growth by
VP of Bus. Dev. 1FT expanding into new markets within New England. There are numerous underserved areas within close
Owners 2FT proximity which the Company could extend its market reach by hiring additional sales personnel to identify
new customers and contractors to add to the subcontractor vendor network. One such area the Company
has identified is Cleveland, Ohio. Cleveland is a hotbed for default servicing and since this is a big regional
REPEAT BUSINESS
industry, there is a large resource pool of well-trained and talented individuals who would be able to add
2019 80%
significant value to the Company at a fraction of the current carrying cost.

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
tional Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and/or its affiliate network members are agents for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Industrial Coa ng and Metal Fabrica on
Services Provider
Headquartered in Northeastern US
Est. 2019 Revenue $3,500,000 I Est. 2019 EBITDA $499,000
The Company provides coa ng applica ons including industrial pain ng and enclosed sandblas ng for
various industries. The Company also provides related metal fabrica on solu ons through its in‐house
equipment. Metal fabrica on services includes gas transport frames, cryogenic tank heads, and one‐off
pieces for engineering firms, architectural structures, and various shipboard pla orms. Customer
markets served include cryogenic transport (tanks and trailers), infrastructure (bridge steel, building
steel, and signage), chemical, power genera on, and defense and government agencies. The Company
serves a broad geographic market although the majority of customers are located within a three to four
state region. The Company operates from a large facility with ample floor space and the appropriate
equipment to increase coa ng and fabrica on capacity with minimal capital expenditures.
Investment Considera ons

 Cer fica ons and Environmentally Compliant: The Company meets or exceeds the requirements set forth in the
SSPC Pain ng Contractor Cer fica on Program for shop applica on of protec ve coa ngs SSPC‐QP3. The Company
also only emits approximately 40% of the emissions it is permi ed for on an annual basis.
 Increasing Profitability: The Company consistently adapts and modifies policies and procedures to enhance
profitability. Over recent history, the Company was able to increase gross profit margins from 34.8% of sales in
2016 to 50.2% of sales in 2018 and increase EBITDA margins from 6.4% of sales to 14.5% of sales over the same
period.
 Con nuity of Management Team: The owners are willing to remain engaged in the business post‐transac on, if
requested, to ensure seamless ownership transfer, transi on established rela onships, and assist in con nued
growth.
Pete Pryor, M&A Partner

Tel: (215) 322‐6696 Cell: (609) 841‐2422 Client #62136
Email: ppryor@genera onal.com www.Genera onal.com I www.DealForce.com
DISCLAIMER: All informa on contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Genera onal Equity and while believed to be correct has
not been verified. Accordingly, Genera onal Equity makes no representa ons or warran es as to accuracy and truthfulness of such informa on. The recipient
hereof acknowledges that Genera onal Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera‐
onal Equity of this document. At all mes Genera onal Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Genera onal
PREMIER NEW ENGLAND MANAGED SERVICE #63569
PROVIDER (MSP)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
This New England company is the leading managed service provider (MSP) in its region offering outsourced IT
solutions to business clients. It specializes in a wide range of services including cyber security, disaster
$2.0M $385K recovery, network management, VoIP phones, managed help desk as well as full-service, tailored IT support.
The Company’s customer base is primarily comprised of small and medium sized businesses operating in
(PROJ) (PROJ) healthcare, manufacturing, financial, insurance, and various other markets, typically without IT departments,
and within a 70-mile radius of the Company’s headquarters. The Company supports over 80 customers with an
average guaranteed managed services revenue of almost $1,200 per customer per month. There is very low
$1.9M $316K customer concentration with no single account comprising more than 10% of sales.
The Company’s growth and success has been driven by its outstanding reputation for providing high-quality
service combined with the well-developed software and systems it employs to manage its clients. In addition
to its three in-house sales representatives, the business’ involvement in community outreach and strong online presence have been instrumental in
further generating sales. The owner is supported by 10 full-time employees who have diverse professional backgrounds, deep experience, and an
unwavering commitment to excellent client service.
2019 CLIENT MARKETS 2019 REVENUE MIX
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME INVESTMENT APPEAL

Manufacturing Co. 10%
a. Superior name, reputation and leadership position. The Company enjoys a strong reputation and is known
Healthcare Co. 7%
for its expertise in tailoring solutions and supporting its client’s IT needs. Furthermore, it has built substantial
Manufacturing Co. 5% goodwill with its key accounts by providing quality products and services, with fair pricing and excellent
Healthcare Co. 4% customer service. This is evidenced by the Company’s stellar 100% rate of repeat business and leadership
position in its region.
CLIENT RETENTION
2019 100% b. Highly skilled staff and high retention rate. The Company values its staff who have diverse backgrounds
and strong technical acumen and experience and trains, respects and treats them well. This has resulted in an
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS exceptionally high employee retention rate of 95%.
2019 80
c. Outstanding revenue growth and profitability. Sales have grown at a rate close to 23% over the past 3
MANAGED SERVICES
years. In addition, Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT) has been consistently growing year over year and
2017 25% at a current 16.6% of sales, is very strong compared to an industry average of 5.8%.
2018 34%
2019 61% d. Outstanding growth opportunities. There exist several opportunities for the Company to significantly
2020 75% increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate
2021 80% new and existing markets through service and product expansion. The fast-growing demand in cloud
computing, IT security, wireless networks and ecommerce is expected to generate significant additional
2022 83%
organic growth.
2023 85%

T. 214-717-7494 INVESTMENT BANK T. 212-381-7650
OF THE YEAR
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Supply Chain Software Company
Offering Fully-Integrated Warehousing & Procurement Solutions
Headquartered in Georgia
Available for acquisition is a software company that specializes in supply chain management logistics. The
Company offers comprehensive software and service solutions for growing companies providing customer support
in the financial, manufacturing, and information technology fields spanning more than 30 countries. They bring to
bear a unique blend of proprietary software, industry expertise, and human resources that helps to resolve the
frustrations of day to day business operations. With more than 25 years of operation, this company has built a firm
reputation that supports Fortune 1000 companies around the globe. The Company employs 30+ full-time staff and
five part time employees to handle 3PL procurement support, programming enhancements, onsite 3PL warehouse
support, business analytics and various other management and administrative duties.
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: From 2016-2018, sales grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 14.4%. Sales grew primarily through
increased work offered from its blue-chip companies.
 Customer Relationships: The Company operates in a manner that fully integrates with the customer in order to remain a necessity (very
sticky). It totally immerses itself to ensure that all procurement and warehouse operations utilize its Supply Chain solution. The Company
works to integrate and maximize the efficiency as well as the value of its existing core systems. The operational model is so successful it
has never lost a customer for reasons related to work done by the Company.
 Growing Demand for Cloud Computing: Customers continue to demand more sophisticated and fully featured cloud computing ser-
vices. Demand for software as a service (SaaS) and platform as a service (PaaS) is being driven by companies that increasingly want to offer
advanced services and hosted applications to their own customers. Technology startups especially need low-cost providers of advanced
data hosting and processing services to build new online services without the expense of maintaining their own data infrastructure.

Tel: 214-478-0857 Fax: 972-392-8581 Client #63316
Water, Fire, Smoke and Mold #63460
Remediation Specialist
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1991, the Company engages in cleaning and restoration services include Water Mitigation
(57% of projected 2019 revenue), Model Home Cleaning (18%), Mold Remediation (14%), Other –
Power Washing, Carpet Cleaning (5%), Post-Construction Cleaning (3%), and Fire Restoration (3%).
$2.4M $324K cleaning and restoration services include Water Mitigation (57% of projected 2019 revenue), Model
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA Home Cleaning (18%), Mold Remediation (14%), Other – Power Washing, Carpet Cleaning (5%), Post-
Construction Cleaning (3%), and Fire Restoration (3%).
$2.5M $347K The Company works closely with customers to ensure job satisfaction on restoration projects. The
Company differentiates itself from competition by being a full-service restoration business. They are
(PROJ) (PROJ) fully capable of doing it all in any home .
CUSTOMER DATA INVESTMENT APPEAL

Active Accounts: 25+ Superior Name and Reputation: The Company is very proud of the reputation that it has earned by delivering
Repeat Business: 30% excellence and exceptional quality with the administration of its products and services.
Easy-To-Replicate, Standardized Growth Formula: The Company is proving to be one that makes strategic
KEY ACCOUNT MIX decisions to stick with what it does best and most profitably, and then it follows through by successfully hiring the
Insurance Agents/Adjusters: 67% right people and purchasing the requisite vehicles and equipment to measurably execute its initiatives.
Real Estate Managers: 13% Proprietary Expertise: The Company assigns a high degree of importance to the training of its employees.
Contractors: 11% Getting them certified to do specific types of jobs with the result of increasing their skills and knowledge
Realtors: 9% invariably improves service results and customer satisfaction.
Recurring Revenue: The Company has contracts with residential home builders Homes to clean their model
RECOGNITION homes and communities. The contracts automatically renew and about $350,000 of sales for 2019 will be
 BBB A+ Rated attributed to contract revenue for model home cleaning.
 24/7 Live Calls
Operating Profit Above Industry Average: The Company’s operating profit margin of 17% for the 2019 interim
The Company is certified by the period through August is significantly greater than the 5.6% standard for the rest of the Janitorial Services
IICRC, and has standardized
industry.
how it helps customers with all
of their emergencies.

INVESTMENT BANK
M. 336-486-7383 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
F. 336-893-8233 2016 - 2017 - 2018
ONLINE AND LIBRARY CATALOGING SERVICES #61874
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA Founded in 1985, the company provides Machine Readable Catalogue (MARC) catalog records and
library technical support services to law schools, law firms, courts, subscription libraries, publishers, and
$1,400 special libraries in the US and internationally in Europe, Canada, and Australia.
2019 Revenue (PROJ) The primary service of the company is the provision of superior quality searchable records, on a monthly
basis, for the major legal publishers and accredited law schools in the United States and Canada.
$244K Led by an exceptional management team of industry experts, the company is developing growth
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) markets for their company’s unique and proprietary services, both geographic and new industry
categories, promise continued growth.
Employees Customer Markets Geographic Markets
Management 1 Law School Libraries 85%

Publishers 2%
2%
Production 4 Law Firm Libraries 12%
Other 1% 94%
Computer Support 3 3%
Key Customers
Client Services 1
Customer A 6%
Administration 1 Customer B 5% USA 94%
Customer C 4% Europe 3%
Canada 2% 1%
Customer Retention Rate 98% Australia 1%
CUSTOMER SAMPLE
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Cataloging Process. The company developed a proprietary process for Industry Expertise: The company’s subject matter expertise includes Art,
creating MARC catalog records for major legal databases, distributing them Art History, Chemistry, Music History, Business, Law, Science, Medicine,
throughout the entire legal education and practicing law community and Engineering, Applied Medicine. And most recently, Juvenile Literature.
keeping the products current monthly. Growth Opportunities: The company has identified several new markets for
Intellectual Property and Long-Term Contracts. The company owns MARC catalog records domestically and internationally through current and
the copyright on the majority of its MARC catalog records. It also enjoys expanded industry sector categories.
renewable contracts with the three major legal publishers to produce
records to support their most subscribed-to databases.
SIGN NDA
Senior Vice President M&A 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
INVESTMENT BANK
E. abehjati@generational.com New York, NY 10017
OF THE YEAR
M. 203 716 1185 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 212 381 7650
Licensed Swimming Pool & Landscape
Maintenance Contractor
Available for acquisition is a Southeast-based licensed swimming pool contractor, as well as a licensed landscape and irrigation contractor.
The Company offers mowing, mulching, pruning, leaf removal, landscape maintenance and lawn care, fertilization and pest control,
landscape irrigation, aeration, tree and shrub services, and related services. In addition, the Company offers comprehensive pool design,
construction and installation, and maintenance services. The revenue mix consists of pool design, construction, supplies, and
maintenance services (54% of 2017 sales) and landscaping services (46%). Target markets include residential (74% of 2017 sales) and
commercial (26%) customers located in the Southeast. The Company maintains a database of approximately 870 clients (480 active), with
over 80% of revenue derived from recurring clients. The business operates from two facilities in the Southeast comprised of 12,600 SF.
These facilities have sufficient space to support the growth that is forecast through the pro forma period without major facility
improvements or capital equipment expenditures. The Company owns a large equipment base, including (but not limited to) earth-
moving equipment, blowers, back pack sprayers, chain saws, cut-off saws, extended hedge trimmers, plows, edgers, four wheelers,
rototillers, tractors and trailers, mowers, snow blowers, spreaders, trucks, and other related equipment. As of December 31, 2017, the
adjusted book value of fixed assets was $443,000. The Company’s growth and success has been a direct result of it’s 23-year operating
history, impeccable safety record, completing projects on time and within budget, and outstanding customer service.

The Company has a long-standing (23-year) reputation for providing high-quality landscaping and pool design and management services
at competitive prices by a highly trained and experienced staff. In addition to the principal’s extensive contracting experience, the
Company’s key employees also have significant industry and service knowledge. This wealth of experience and expertise provides the
business with a significant intangible asset and advantage over many local competitors.
Strong Historical Profit Growth
Due to solid market demand, an expanding customer base, competitive pricing, and outstanding products and services, the Company’s
adjusted operating profit (EBITDA) increased at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 30% in the historical period.
Strong Client Relationships
The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for quality work and customer service. As a result, the Company’s
recurring revenue exceeds 80% every year.

Client #62219
Commercial Lawn Maintenance
and Hardscape Services #62501
Eastern US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company provides landscaping and construction services, as well as
$2.1MM hardscape and construction capabilities. The Company’s landscaping services
Proj. 2019 EBITDA primarily include lawn maintenance and design services when necessary. The
Company creates full designs and a 3D walk-through of client projects to
$238K
specific requirements. All lawn maintenance work is performed in-house per
three-year contracts, with fertilization and sprinkler work being subcontracted.
Hardscape and construction capabilities include:
• Fire Pits • Driveways • Walls
• Pathways • Waterfalls • Pizza Ovens
• Patios • Ponds
The Company also provides holiday decoration services and occasionally provides snow removal
services for select clients. Clients primarily include property managers and real estate developers, as
well as public entities and home owners.
REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Highly Recognizable Brand Name and Superior Reputation. The
Company enjoys a long-standing (35+ year) reputation for being a
complete provider of lawn care and hardscaping services. Additionally,
the Company is known for its reliability and experienced lawn
technicians.
Strong Client Relationships. The Company is proud of its strong ties to
clients and reputation for reliable work. Evidence of these relationships
is shown in the Company’s 85% rate of repeat business and average
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME relationships length of nearly 14 years with its top five customers. The
1. 25% 4. 15%
2. 25% 5. 10% Company also holds three-year contracts with all of its lawn
3. 15% maintenance clients, creating a strong base of recurring revenue.
Three-year contracts are held with all
key accounts and historical volume
supports volume consistency per Significant Growth Opportunities. Several opportunities exist to
account. significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the
Company’s proven reputation and capabilities to penetrate new and
EMPLOYEES existing markets. Specifically, management cites opening a satellite
Sales—2
Lawn Technicians—36 facility and pursuing fertilization and snow removal work.
Clerical—8
Management and key employees
to remain post transaction.
Pete Pryor Generational Group

Email: ppryor@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Commercial Printing, Packaging, Direct Mail and
Fulfillment #62966
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Founded in 1925 and family owned for 94 years, this three generation Company is a leading Marketing
2019 Est. Solutions Provider (MSP) in the Southeast Region. The Company provides packaging, print, labels, direct
$4.8M mail, and fulfillment services to its clients leveraging current technology and methods. The Company's
highly-tenured employee base delivers on a commitment to bring value, integrity, and quality to every
project. In 2018, revenue was derived from packaging (40%), commercial printing (32%), and direct mail
2019 EBITDA (28%). The Company offers the broadest array of products and services under one roof, differentiating it
$236K from the regional competition.
MARKET
North Carolina
South Carolina
Other US
RECOGNITION
INVESTMENT APPEAL Recipient of numerous awards for
CUSTOMERS/MARKETS:
print excellence:
2018 Recurring Revenue – 80%
• One of the most sought-after locations in the
• In recent months the
• Nutraceuticals Southeast both geographically and culturally
Company was awarded 9 best
• Grocery with a booming entrepreneurial community. of category awards, 5 special
• Medical • Primary packaging supplier for four growing judges’ awards, and 7 awards
• Golf national brands. of excellence in regional
• Fragrance competition. These awards
• Highly experienced and tenured staff with a
• Other recognize the Company’s
strong successor management team in place.
expertise in both the
• Strong client relationships and retention packaging and commercial
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME rates.
print fields.
• The management team has completed 4 tuck- • Rainforest Alliance / Forest
No one Customer Contributes
more than 13% of Revenue in acquisitions over the last decade. Stewardship Council (FSC):
Opportunities exist for both organic growth The Company is pleased to be
a part of this worldwide effort
and additional acquisitions.
to sustain and protect the
environment.
Genell Boyer
Generational Equity
Senior M&A Advisor
14241 Dallas Parkway, Suite 700
Dallas, TX 75254
2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 972-232-1100
336-893-8233 Fax
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed �� Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no
connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. �� ers is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
International Architectural Practice #61558
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Founded in 2003, the Company is an award-winning international
$1,200K architectural practice offering a personal approach to complex planning and
2020 REVENUE (PROJ)
design challenges backed by over 50 years of combined experience. With
domestic and international experience across a wide range of mixed-use
projects for private, public, and institutional clients, the Company
$200K+ collaborates as multi-disciplinary teams to provide integrated planning,
2020 EBITDA (PROJ) urban design, and landscape architectural and architectural design services.
Customer markets include development companies, international city-
regional-national level government agencies, and international top-tier
design/technical institutions.
2019 REVENUE BY MARKET
The Company has extended relationships with a core group of colleagues
that assist in the identification of opportunities and coordination of
qualifications and proposals for new projects, they rely primarily on its
international industry contacts, word-of-mouth, personal relationships, and
referrals to generate business.
Most employees are educated at Ivy-League or at other premier design and
planning institutions and are well-versed in complex planning and design
challenges which provides the Company with a distinct competitive
advantage.
2019 REVENUE BY INVESTMENT APPEAL

GEOGRAPHIC MARKET
Strong customer relationships: The Company has strong ties to clients due
to its reputation for creativity and efficiently integrated planning,
architecture and landscape architectural design services, timely project
completion and excellent customer service.
International reach: Over the last several years, the Company’s projects
have been focused primarily on the China market along with customers
throughout the world, including Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East.
Outstanding growth opportunities: If properly capitalized, the Company
has opportunities to expand its national and international reach and
EMPLOYEES broaden client service offerings to further improve appeal with new and
existing customers.
Owner 1
Designers/ 6
Management will remain through transition: To facilitate a successful and
Planners orderly transition, the current owner is willing to remain with the Company
during a transition period.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
NYC-BASED PROVIDER OF HIGH-END INTEGRATED #62740
SECURITY & MONITORING SYSTEMS
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
This New York City based company designs, develops, implements, and maintains high-end security and video
monitoring systems for commercial and residential establishments, with a specialization in burglary and fire safety
$1.9M systems. It also installs card access systems, business telephone systems and offers data network wiring and
2020 Revenue certification services. Revenue is generated through installations, service and monitoring contracts.
(PROJ)
The Company’s customer base is mostly comprised of real estate management companies, building developers,
hospitals and various other commercial establishments and institutions. The Company differentiates itself through
$174K its strong reputation and deep trusting customer relationships that it has developed and nurtured over its 30-year
2020 EBITDA operating history. Furthermore, its dealer-direct product line, custom-tailored systems, high-tech integrations and
(PROJ) 24/7 service from on-call technicians provide it with significant competitive advantages over many of its peers. As a
result, the Company enjoys an extraordinarily high customer retention rate, a rapidly growing subscription base and
a strong referral business.
While the Company possesses many compelling attributes and outstanding growth opportunities, the owner believes that a buyer with the
appropriate resources would be better suited to lead the Company to its next phase of growth. The owner has indicated that he would be willing to
remain with the business for an agreed time period post-transaction in order to facilitate a smooth and orderly transition.
2019 REVENUE MIX 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 PRODUCT MIX
1.5%
1.5%
2%
2019 GEO. MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

New York 97% a. Superior name and reputation. Since its founding in 1990, the company has developed a strong brand,
New Jersey & Connecticut 3% reputation and regional presence. This is due in large part to its well-trained staff who are experienced,
knowledgeable and certified to provide high-end and complex security solutions.
2019 EMPLOYEES b. Strong client relationships. The Company has many repeat customers and a growing subscription base. Two
of the top five customers have been doing business with the Company since 1996. The average relationship
CEO/Owner 1
across its top three customers, who comprise 73% of its business, is 21 years. Furthermore, the Company
CFO 1
enjoys an extraordinarily low customer attrition rate.
System Technicians 8
Manager 1 c. Growing annuitized revenue base. Revenue from service and monitoring contracts has increased from 17%
Accounting / Finance 2 PT to 43% of total revenue between 2016 and 2019. Currently, the business has over 300 customers who are
billed regularly on a quarterly basis.
2019 ACTIVE ACCOUNTS d. Recession resistant business. Given the necessary nature of the Company’s products and services, it is well-
insulated from economic cycles that other businesses are often exposed to. In addition, its service offerings
Active Accounts 739 and diversified base of commercial, industrial and residential customers helps further reduce potential
Monitoring Accounts 305 fluctuations in financial performance.
e. Outstanding growth opportunities. Several opportunities exist to increase revenue and profit by leveraging
CUSTOMER RETENTION the Company’s proven reputation and track record. This includes establishing a stronger and broader online
2019 75%
presence, further penetrating existing markets and pursuing new markets by hiring additional salespeople.
Examples of existing opportunities include providing cloud-based monitoring services and offering video
central station monitoring services to its customer base.

INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Window Coverings, Treatments, and
Interiors Sales and Installa on Services
Headquartered in Southern US
Proj. 2020 Revenue $1,600,000 I Proj. 2020 EBITDA $126,000
The Company specializes in blinds, drapery, all window treatments, retractable screens, solar shades,
awnings, shu ers, window n ng, cubicle curtains and tracks, and hurricane protec on window
coverings. Along with selling the products the Company also provides installa on services. The Company
serves a wide variety of customers comple ng projects for governmental en es, commercial,
residen al, healthcare, and hospitality. The Company is capable of providing products and services
regardless of geographic loca on but generally serves customers within a close proximity to its
headquarters. The Company operates from a strategically located and amply sized facility divided into
office, showroom, warehouse, and manufacturing spaces.
 Significant Exper se and Brand Equity: Over nearly two decades the Company has established a superior reputa-
on for reliable service availability, fast response mes, and compe ve pricing. The Company’s owners and em-
ployees possess significant industry knowledge which drives demand and provides a compe ve advantage within
the local and regional markets.
 Controllable Costs: The Company’s cost of sales as a percentage of sales averaged 60.1% of sales from 2017 to
2019 and was 60.2% of sales in 2019 . The Company is expected to con nue to hold gross margins consistent going
forward by appropriately sourcing products and pricing projects accordingly.
 Con nuity of Management Team: The owners are willing to remain engaged in the business post-transac on, if
growth.
Corey Painter, Vice President M&A

Tel: (972) 232‐1152 Fax: (972) 392‐8570 Client #62411
Email: cpainter@genera onal.com www.Genera onal.com I www.DealForce.com
hereof acknowledges that Genera onal Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera-
Chemicals

Chemical Formulation & Packaging Firm
Located in Southeastern U.S.
2019 Est Revenue $9.5 million I 2019 Est EBITDA $1.2 million
Headquartered in the southeastern US, The Company provides contract chemical formulation, packaging
and warehouse services to the agricultural, industrial, and animal healthcare markets. The Company
serves several recurring customers that generate over 50% of total revenue across middle America.
The Company differentiates itself from competitors through its strong reputation in the market,
relationships with its previous customers, and large manufacturing facilities and the equipment base.
 Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Several opportunities exist for The Company to significantly increase reve-
nue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate existing markets and
increasing its personnel and equipment base to fully utilize its facilities. These opportunities are easily attainable
given the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown from $5,770,000 in 2015 to $8,138,000 in 2017, rep-
resenting a compound annual growth rate of 18.8%. Sales have grown consistently year over year in the historical
period and are expected to continue this trend in to the base year. Revenue is projected to reach $9,500,000 in
2019.
 Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has strong ties to clients due to its industry expertise and excellent
service. The Company has long-term, multiyear relationships with its largest customers, dating back over a decade.
As a result, the Company benefits from a strong rate of repeat business. Management estimates approximately
95% of revenue is generated from repeat business.
Barry DeWitt, Managing Director

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #62423
Email: BDeWitt@Generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Custom and Proprietary Plas c Color Masterbatch
Concentrate Formulator and Manufacturer
Headquartered in Eastern US
Est. 2019 Revenue $1,900,000
The Company formulates and manufactures custom and proprietary color masterbatch and compounds
for the plas cs industry. The Company produces the color masterbatch and compounds for the following
polymer systems: ABS, Acrylics (PMMA); EVA/EMAC, Nylons (PA6 and PA6.6); Polycarbonate; Polyolefins
(LLDPE, LDPE, HDPE, PP); Styrenes (GPPS, MIPS, HIPS); Vinyl (FPVC/RPVC), SAN and TPE’s. By duplica ng
a customer’s color target in a mul tude of polymer matrices, the Company can turn color concepts into
produc on reality. The Company serves cosme cs, pharmaceu cal packaging, medical devices, health
care consumer packaging, housewares, wire and cable, food packaging, and industrial packaging. The
Company serves a long‐standing customer base of approximately 100 ac ve customers, 90% of which
sustain ac ve recurring projects. The Company operates from two facili es housing office, plant, and/or
warehouse space. Both facili es are owned by the Company and have capacity to pursue current and
future growth opportuni es.

 Solid Customer Rela onships: The Company has established solid customer rela onships by focusing on service
and providing custom color solu ons for numerous industries. The wealth of industry experience and exper se sig-
nificantly differen ates the Company from local and regional compe tors and has led it to serve numerous custom-
ers across the United States and Interna onally.
growth.
Pete Pryor, M&A Partner

Tel: (215) 322‐6696 Cell: (609) 841‐2422 Client #62668
Email: ppryor@genera onal.com www.Genera onal.com I www.DealForce.com
Communications

DISTRIBUTOR AND INSTALLER OF OPTICAL TRANSPORT
COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING EQUIPMENT
#50278
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Providing op cal transport engineering services to cellular operator customers represents the Company’s largest and most
$6.0M $334K profitable business line. Demand for these services is being driven by the con nuing rapid growth of cellular traffic.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The Company also purchases and distributes new and used communica ons equipment, maintaining an inventory of more
than 100,000 items of name‐brand items. These items are:
(PROJ) (PROJ)
 Deployed by the Company’s engineering group in providing customer network build‐out services
 Re‐sold directly or through Company’s extensive online store to a customer network of more than 400 wholesale and
$5.1M $289K retail buyers
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA  Sourcing rela onships are maintained with virtually all major brand name manufacturers, including ADC, Fujitsu,
Adtran, Tellabs, Ciena, Commscope, Harris, NEC, Cisco, Alcatel, Lucent, Avaya and AT&T.
 The Company supplies and installs equipment and maintains cellular communica ons equipment for cellular telecom customers including network operators,
owners of fiberop c infrastructure and cellular towers as well as construc on contractors serving the cellular industry.
REVENUE MIX PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

The Company’s opera ons support the sourcing, minor refurbishing, and reselling of a broad range of
telecommunica ons equipment, including switching systems, power systems and components,
transmission systems and components, and fiber op c systems and components and IP business phone
systems, phones and accessories. Approximately 30.0% of the products are purchased new and 70.0%
used. The Company carries most major brand names including ADC, Fujitsu, Adtran, Access, Telect,
Tellabs, Nortel, Ciena, Commscope, Harris, NEC, Cisco, Marconi, Reltec, Alcatel, Lucent, Avaya, AT&T,
and many others.
One key to the Company’s success is effec vely naviga ng through supply and demand shi s in the
secondary equipment market. The Company reviews quote requests daily from end users as well as
telecommunica ons providers, service providers, and intermediaries on all manner of
telecommunica ons equipment.
Another key is management’s ability to iden fy a few key items, or sets of items, offered in a bulk sale
for which management knows are in demand for which the Company can recoup its en re cost for the
lot. When these high value items are sold, the remaining inventory has li le or no cost remaining, and
the future sales of the remaining items represent 100% profit.

 Interna onally known global supplier of new and used telecommunica ons and network equipment and engineering services The Company has a mul ‐
 High‐margin engineering services business driven by the rapid growth of cellular network capacity disciplined team providing
 Depth and stability of the Company’s in‐house, OEM‐cer fied engineering talent exper se in:
 Strong customer base including Windstream, Verizon, ATT and Cisco, as well as the US Air Force and Navy and defense
contractors
 Strong rela onships with high‐level customer decision‐makers SALES (4)
Op cal Transport Infrastructure Buildout Capability. The Company has extensive knowledge in infrastructure modifica ons

including fiber duct, iron work, relay racks, cable management, and colloca on.
Comprehensive Equipment Offering. The Company supplies the full‐range of equipment required by telecom operators and CLERICAL(4)
fiber owners in the build‐out of telecom op cal transport networks. Ranging from high‐tech routers and op cal switches used
for cellular backhaul applica ons to low‐tech racks, duc ng, and cable management systems.
Strong Sourcing Lines for Both New and Used Equipment. Sourcing rela onships are maintained with virtually all major brand WAREHOUSE (4)
name manufacturers, including ADC, Fujitsu, Adtran, Tellabs, Ciena, Commscope, Harris, NEC, Cisco, Alcatel, Lucent, Avaya and
AT&T.
 Secure new equipment sourcing based on [Primary dealer?] rela onship with key manufacturers including ADC/Commscope/ PROJECT MANAGEMENT (6)
Fiberguide, Adtran, Alcatel, Cisco, Fujitsu, Lucent and Tellabs
 Well‐established sourcing channels for used equipment from operator upgrades and close‐outs based on the Company’s long
‐standing clearinghouse opera on for used networking equipment. ENGINEERING (4)
NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES

 Increased penetra on of network build‐out ini a ves of exis ng customers
 Expanded e‐Commerce program including [direct‐to‐customer and] on‐line fulfillment services for exis ng and new
customers INSTALLATION (12)
Frank Folz Genera onal Equity

Managing Director ‐ M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: ffolz@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Mobile: 646‐643‐0091 OF THE YEAR T. 214‐717‐7494
2016 - 2017 - 2018

onal Equity of this document. At all mes Genera onal Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Genera onal Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Construction

NJ COMMERCIAL ENERGY-EFFICIENT LIGHTING #63283
RETROFITTING COMPANY
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
For over 25 years, this New Jersey based National Energy Efficiency company has been specializing in providing lighting
retrofits for large commercial facilities. Turnkey services range from survey, design and installation, to facilitation of
$22.7M $2.9M rebates and tax incentives. Since inception, the Company has engaged in over $200 million worth of lighting contracts
and retrofitting over 7,000 buildings nationwide.
Customers include Energy Service Companies (ESCOs), schools, government and retail establishments. The Company
takes pride in its well-earned brand recognition and primarily markets itself via continuous personal networking and
$24.0M $3.1M relationship-based marketing.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA Staff consists of an in-house team of experienced certified surveyors, designers and installers whose complementary
(PROJ) (PROJ) skills allow for reliable, expert, environmentally friendly, and cost-effective LED lighting solutions. Certified lighting
professionals and engineers manage the full sales cycle encompassing the introduction, investment grade audit,
proposal presentation, project management, installation, and guarantee. The Company’s customized software provides
customers with accurate projections of cost, savings, rebates, tax incentives and provides the staff with a platform to
cost the job, purchase the material and monitor the labor.
2019 MARKET BY REVENUE % EXPERIENCED TEAM

The Company has a multi-disciplined team including:
SALES PROJECT DEVELOPMENT MANAGER
MATERIALS MANAGER REGIONAL OPERATION MANAGERS
PROJECT MANAGERS ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT
AUDITORS / ESTIMATORS
2019 REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT APPEAL

Installation 95% a. Broad licensure territories. The Company is licensed to perform work in eight states, including Alabama, California,
Design 5% Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Ohio, Tennessee, and Virginia. The Company plans to add an average of four states
per year to its existing licensure over the next 3 years. The ability to manage a national workload and perform across
2019 KEY ACCOUNT BY REV. markets nationally is a key factor for success.
Client A 28% b. Superior name and reputation. The Company has built substantial goodwill with its key accounts by providing
Client B 23% quality products and services, fair pricing, and excellent customer service. Maintaining a reputation for quality and
timeliness is essential for operators to gain a reliable revenue pipeline through repeat business.
Client C 13%
Client D 13% c. Stellar historical financial performance and backlog. Sales have grown each year in the historical period, from
Client E 3% $17.8MM in 2017 to $23MM in 2019, representing a compound annual growth rate of 13%, while EBITDA has
increased from $1.7MM (9.4%) in 2017 to $2.9MM (12.7%) in 2019. Furthermore, the Company has a current backlog
GEOGRAPHIC MARKET of over $13MM and a short-term sales forecast of $15MM, with most of this revenue expected to be recognized in
2020.
Northeast 52%
West Coast 29% d. Exceptional secular industry growth trends. The global LED lighting market is projected to expand at a CAGR of
11.8% through 2025. Increasing demand for power efficient illuminating systems across residential, commercial, and
South 19%
industrial sectors. Rising concern over reduction of non-renewable sources of power and the decreasing price of LED
RATE OF REPEAT BUSINESS lights are some of the key drivers behind this growth. Furthermore, utility rebates and energy efficiency tax saving
legislation and Smart Lighting Solutions / Smart Cities, are expected to further propel demand.
2019 67%
e. Recession-resistant business. Many of the Company’s major customers are government organizations and schools.
During economic downturns, government clients and educational institutions will remain reliable revenue sources
OPERATIONS CENTER which helps shelter the Company from such downturns. Furthermore, the Company’s products and services are
New Jersey, USA appealing during difficult economic periods when businesses are seeking to reduce their expenses.

INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Commercial Construction Management Contractor
Maryland, US
2019 Revenue: $64M 2019 EBITDA: $3.5M
 Strong Name Recognition: The Company possesses more than a half a century of experience in the
development, design, and construction of commercial projects.
 Strong Project Management Team & Backlog: with a current project backlog of nearly $85 million.
 Growth Marketing Opportunity: The Company differentiates itself from other contractors by the
vast pool of experienced subcontractors which are selectively utilized to competitively bid projects.
Recast Historical and Pro Forma Statement of Income(a)

For the Fiscal Years Ended July 31
($000)
Historical Est.
2017 2018 2019 2020
Sales 54,116 42,565 64,723 60,000
% Growth -- -21.3% 52.1% -7.3%
EBIT 1,854 85 3,459 2,989
% of Sales 3.4% 0.2% 5.3% 5.0%
EBITDA 1,885 89 3,519 3,003
% of Sales 3.5% 0.2% 5.4% 5.0%
Client # 61277 The Company is full‐service construction provider primarily serving the
public services, schools, and private markets. Services include: pre‐
construction, construction management, design build, and general
contracting. It maintains an A‐1 bond rating with a bonding capacity of
$150 million, and a single project limit of $80 million. Throughout its
more than 50 year history, the Company has never failed to complete a
Jim Russell
project. Recently, it began requiring subcontractors to be bonded on
Generational Equity
large contracts to prevent defaults. The Company operates primarily in
410‐905‐1196 (Cell)
jrussell@generational.com the central Maryland area and nearby counties. The primary customers
are the State of Maryland, Archdiocese of Baltimore, Baltimore City
Schools, Senior living and Multi‐Family developers, as well as a myriad of
private businesses.
Maryland just announced $2.2 billion in new school construction
funding, making this firm’s primary market even more attractive and
promising, as well as recession resistant.
seller.
Diversified Civil Construction
Company & Aggregate Supplier #61672
New England, US
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/ EBITDA
The Company provides expertise within all aspects of earthwork infrastructure construction, excavation
$18.0 M development, civil construction, demolition and other related projects. They recycle and reprocess aggregate
2019 Revenue (PROJ) materials along with a full scale of aggregates (sand, stone, gravel and earthen materials) service provider,
supplier and transporter. The Company also owns, operates and manages a fleet of heavy equipment.
$2.5+ M Operations range from preliminary excavations to full-scale civil construction work and projects of all sizes and
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) difficulties. Within civil construction, the Company provides site development, demolition, civil environmental,
roadway construction, utility infrastructure and general contracting. They also specialize in pre-engineered steel
building and snow and ice management.
Aggregate materials operations provide aggregate disposals, custom trucking and specialized aggregate sales.
This is a multi-faceted aggregates company that utilizes its extensive manufacturing and logistics expertise to
provide a vast array of products and services. They have a unique operation that allows customers
to dispose of clean, recycled and natural aggregate materials while, at the same time, offering the ability to
purchase a wide range of recycled and natural aggregate products.
The Leasing company provides leasing of heavy equipment, trucks, instruments and tools for its operating entities.
2018 Revenue Sources 2018 Revenue by Market
Pre Fab Building 2%

Internal Sales 2%
Civil Site Real Estate
Snow Management 2% Contract Work Owner 5%
41%
Civil Environment Work 6%
Aggregate Real Estate and

Internal Equipment Materials Property Dev.
Leasing 13% Division 95%
32%
Employees INVESTMENT APPEAL
Construction Company 30 Superior Name and Reputation: In business for over 50 years, the Company has built substantial
goodwill in the community and the region by providing quality construction, aggregate services
Agretech 10 and heavy equipment expertise. Management also credits its reputation, extensive industry network,

Leasing 4 and established customer relationships as three of the most critical factors contributing to the
Company’s historical success.
Accounting 3
Project Mgt/Estimating 3 High Barriers-to-Entry: Operating with the heavy civil construction, aggregates recycling and heavy
equipment industries requires significant capital investment, expertise, and certifications to begin
Customer Rate of Repeat Business operations. As a result, the industry is relatively sheltered from high levels of market entrance.
2018 60%
Geographical Expansion: Management believes the industry is ripe for geographic expansion
2018 Key Account Volume % opportunities. Many smaller regional aggregate companies could be consolidated into a larger regional
Customer A (8 years) 48% company. Leasing does not capitalize on the international markets. Management believes a lucrative
opportunity for expansion exists for heavy equipment assets. During this time management would
Customer B (2 years) 11%
increasingly scale national operations as well.
Jeff Carignan Generational Equity SIGN NDA

Senior M&A Advisor 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
INVESTMENT BANK
E. jcarignan@generational.com New York, NY 10017
OF THE YEAR
M. 413 537 3079 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 212 381 7650
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no
connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
MARKET-ENTRENCHED, MULTI-GENERATIONAL
WINDOW & DOOR DISTRIBUTOR
#62105
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE For over 40 years, the Company has sold windows and doors to home builders and homeowners in the South-Eastern
$16.4M United States. Revenue is generated through three channels, the sale of products, service and installation. The
Company differentiates itself through a stress-free sales process, value, price, and a strong reputation for professional
2019 Revenue
installation.
The Company has established extensive relationships throughout the building industry in the South-Eastern Region. To
EBITDA
drive sales, the Company leverages four sales personnel and affiliations with builder associations, authorized dealer
$2.14M promotions, and its website, which provides comprehensive information of the Company’s history, past projects, services,
2019 EBITDA
and contact information. Ongoing growth and success will be driven by the Company’s outstanding, multi-generational
reputation for quality products, trouble-free installation, technical knowledge, and a commitment to customer support.
REPRESENTATIVE PROJECTS 2019 REVENUE MIX
87%
CUSTOMER BASE INVESTMENT APPEAL

Total Accounts 120 a. Superior name and reputation: The Company enjoys a long-standing (40+ years) reputation for quality
Active Accounts 60 products and excellent customer support. The Company is well known for its expertise on meeting the
Recurring Active A/C’s 95% needs of complex, fast track projects.
b. Outstanding growth opportunities: There exist several possibilities to significantly increase revenue and
CUSTOMER MARKETS profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new geographic
Home Builders 95% markets, sales and marketing initiatives and customer diversification in existing markets. These
Homeowners 5% opportunities are easily attainable, given the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.
c. Brand-name products: The Company represents many of the leading manufacturers in the industry, such
KEY ACCOUNTS BY REV. as Andersen, PGT, MIWD, WinDoor, Ply Gem, and Hylite which enables it to meet the high-end needs of
Customer A (2011) 10% its clientele.
Customer B (2012) 8% d. Strong historical sales growth: Historical sales grew from $9.2M in 2016 to $16.4M in 2019, representing
Customer C (2000) 8% a compound annual growth rate of 21.2%. Sales have grown consistently year over year in the historical
Customer D (2006) 6% period.
Customer E (2008) 6% e. Strong earnings: The Company has experienced strong growth in EBIT, from $900K in 2016 to $2.14M in
2019, representing a compound annual growth rate of 33.5%. 13.1% EBIT as a percentage of sales in
OPERATIONS 2019, is higher than the industry average of 5.4%.
24,000sf Office & Warehouse
Terry Mackin Generational Equity

Senior Managing Director - M&A 3400 N. Central Expy. Suite 100
tmackin@generational.com Richardson, TX 75082
INVESTMENT BANK
214-529-4598 OF THE YEAR
T. 972-232-1100
2016 - 2017 - 2018 F. 972-392-8565
tional Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and/or its affiliate network members are agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
LEADING NORTHEASTERN POOL AND SPA #63261
BUILDER
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
This high-end, gunite pool and spa design and installation firm has been serving commercial and residential
clients in the Northeast for almost 50 years. Its full-service offering includes design, construction, installation,
$37M $2.1M maintenance, service and renovation for all types of swimming pools and spas. The Company has completed
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA over 10,000 pools and services 700 pools a week, on average.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
The Company has reinvented the gunite (a form of sprayed concrete) swimming pool building process in its
construction of residential and commercial pools, as well as decking and hardscapes. It does not subcontract
$34M $1.7M its work and utilizes its highly trained and experienced employees, in-house vehicles and diverse tools and
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA equipment base, to provide fully turnkey services with precision, efficiency and quality.
Facilities consist of a 60,000 SFT office and warehouse, a 6,000 SFT showroom and an additional 1,500 SFT
warehouse. Facilities and resources are not currently at capacity, so future growth will be supported by the current assets and facilities on hand.
Ownership is interested and willing to remain with the Company after a transaction to facilitate an orderly transition to new ownership and, as
appropriate, assist in achieving long-term strategic growth objectives.
2019 REVENUE MIX
2019 CLIENT MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Residential 60% Superior name, reputation and leadership position. Named the #1 pool builder in its region, the Company
Commercial 40% enjoys a long-standing reputation for the quality of its products and services, expertise, dependability, and
superior customer support.
TOP 5 CLIENTS BY % REV Critical mass. The Company has established itself in the industry with its large presence. This provides with the
Client A 5% lowest costs, and a multi-state reach, which helps to decrease risks and exposure related to any one state or
Client B 4% region.
Client C 3%
Certified skilled staff / high retention rate. The Company fosters a workplace where extremely experienced,
Client D 2% professional and talented personnel thrive and remain long term. Its low turnover allows the Company to retain
Client E 2% the most skilled and experienced personnel in the industry and save on new employee on-boarding and training
costs.
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS Sales and margin improvement. Historical sales have grown from $26M in 2017 to $34M in the fiscal year
2019 1,500 ending December 31, 2019, while EBITDA increased from $829,000 to $1,680,000 over the same period,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 42.4%.
Growth opportunities. Several opportunities for the Company to significantly increase revenue and profit have
REPEAT BUSINESS
been identified. This includes leveraging its proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and existing
2019 60%
markets. In addition, the Company’s shotcrete expertise, workforce and equipment can provide highly valued
services outside of the pool industry, including structurally retrofitting old buildings, dam, bridge and abutment,
overhead parking garage repair and various other purposes.

Managing Director - M&A 125 Park Avenue, 25th FL
INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Utilities & Site Development Contractor
Serving Government, Industry & Development
Located in Florida
In business for over a decade, this utilities and site development contractor works for governmental authorities
and private industry (primarily municipal governments, general contractors, and real estate developers) in Florida.
The Company focuses on upgrading infrastructure including pipeline and related roadwork construction.
The Company has built substantial goodwill by providing quality installation and construction and excellent
customer service. Management credits its reputation and well established customer relationships as two critical
factors contributing to the Company’s historical success. The Company has also built a quality work environment
and prides itself on the longevity of its employee tenure. During the historical period, the Company had a turnover
rate of less than 5% for management and staff. Most superintendents have been with the Company for over a
decade.
 Strong Client Relationships: The Company has maintained relationships with its top customers since inception.
This long-term track record and customer loyalty provides significant stability in operations and contract de-
mand, making future cash flows easier to project. These strong relationships also reduce the costs of acquiring
new customers, resulting in incremental profitability.
 Bonding Capacity: The Company has built a long-term relationship with its bonding company and can get bond-
ing of up to $30 million for an individual project.
 Management Will Remain Through Transition: The active shareholders are willing to remain with the Company
for a transition period in order to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #61495
Email: bdewitt@generational.com www.generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Patented Provider of Cutting Edge
Flooring Surfaces & Foundations for #63668
Landscaping, Multi-Purpose, Athletic,
and Court Applications.
Sign NDA ►

$7.5MM This Company is a rare acquisition opportunity having multiple
2020 Est EBITDA
patented products that meet a wide variety of customer needs for
$1.5MM indoor and outdoor use of various commercial and residential
surfaces and bases. All applications perform at-or-above industry
standards with products for new and replacement flooring systems.
Founded in 2004, The Company provides a range of cutting edge products for the original
installation or makeover of spaces for both work and play by reducing or eliminating the need
for a traditional earth, stone, or asphalt foundation. The Company’s patented technology
delivers safety, performance, easy installation, and structural integrity in a single ecofriendly
solution. The bulk of revenue is currently derived from installation of various types of turf and
bases (64% of 2019 sales). Remaining revenue is derived from golf courses (30%), courts (2%),
floors (2%) and hardscapes (2%). The Company’s established customer’s are a strong asset that
contributes to stability and also presents opportunities for continued revenue growth.
Although the Company has historically generated most of its business from customers in the
US and Canada, overseas sales are now increasing rapidly.
REVENUE MIX Outstanding Growth Opportunities: With the recent introduction of new
product innovations, there are now enhanced opportunities for the Company to
significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s
proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and existing markets through
additional sales and marketing initiatives, product line expansion, and
diversification of target customer markets. These opportunities are easily
attainable given the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.
Revenue for 2019 for courts and floors was limited due to the late launch of new
products. The Owners are anticipating a strong increase in sales for 2020 and
beyond due to innovative product features and an expanding variety of uses for
KEY 2019 HIGHLIGHTS
 $4.4MM in Sales the Company’s patented technology which is rapidly gaining a wider customer
 95% Rate of Repeat Business. audience.
 250 Active Accounts
Strong Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales grew from $3,050,000 in 2017 to
EMPLOYEES $4,400,000 for the calendar year 2019, representing a compound annual growth
Managers—4 rate of 20%. Sales have grown consistently year over year during the historical
Advertising—1
period. The Company has also experienced strong EBITDA growth.
Marketing—1
Production—2 Management Will Remain through Transition: Ownership is interested and
Sales—2 willing to remain with the Company after a transaction to facilitate an orderly
transition to new ownership and, as appropriate, assist in achieving long-term
strategic growth objectives.
Barry DeWitt Generational Group

Managing Director 11175 Cicero Drive
Email: BDeWitt@Generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
Alpharetta, GA 30022
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Full-Service Fireproofing & Acoustical Provider
Serving Commercial & Industrial Clients
Location: Southeastern US
The Company has been providing spray-applied fireproofing and acoustical products for commercial, institutional,
and light-industrial markets for over a decade. The Company operates primarily through subcontracts with
construction managers and general contractors. It serves small and large clients across the southeastern United
States, and has built an excellent reputation through its customer-centric approach, expertise, and experience.
In 2018, The Company’s revenue was derived from installation of fireproofing products, acoustical products and
intumescent paint.
 Superior Name and Reputation: Client’s have known the Company’s name is synonymous with quality perfor-
mance for over a decade. The Company’s reputation and name recognition are a function of the ongoing success-
ful operation of the business in completing projects effectively and efficiently, allowing the Company to price its
services in the top quartile of the market.
 Outstanding Growth Opportunities: The Company has various strategic alternatives that could lead to many
multiples of current volume. Historically, the Company has played to its strengths within a well-defined geo-
graphical scope and range of offerings, for the purpose of providing excellence to its clients.
 Workforce Knowledge and Experience: The Company has a low turnover, which is reflective of professional com-
mon sense efficiency and cultural alignment within the Company. Low turnover allows the Company to retain the
most skilled and experienced workers in the industry, with many employees having over 20 years in the industry.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #62270
Licensed General Contractor
Serving the Federal Government
2019 Est Revenue $20 million I 2019 Est EBITDA $1.3 million
Available for acquisition is a full-service general contractor for the federal government, airports, and
municipalities. The Company provides a diversified pool of offerings including: general contracting,
construction management, pre-construction services, design-build, heavy civil works, demolition,
National Cemeteries, and military contracting. In 2018, management estimates the breakdown of
customer markets served was: federal cemetery (47%), aerospace (42%), federal non-cemetery (9%), and
municipal (2%). The Company’s customer base includes 30 accounts, including 15 active clients and
management estimates that the Company has an almost 100% rate of repeat business.
 Strong Earnings: Earnings, as measured by EBITDA, increased at a 67.4% compound annual growth rate
from 2016 to 2018. Additionally, EBITDA increased from 4.5% of sales in 2016 to 13.0% in 2018.
 National Reach: The Company’s operations and customer base are national in scope and the Company can easily
expand into new geographic markets. As an example of the Company’s reach, it has operated in the following
states: Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, Virginia, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Texas.
 Safety Record: The Company is committed to safety and has not had a recordable accident in three years. As of
July 2019, the Company has an EMR of 0.86. Since inception, the Company has never had an OSHA safety viola-
tion. All supervisors have OSHA 30 and all field personnel have OSHA 10.

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Client #62941
COMMERCIAL
GENERAL CONTRACTOR #63002
South Carolina
-
-
-
- - -
-
- - - -
- -
Premier Custom Home Builder
#63125
Florida
Sign NDA ►

$12.7MM Founded in 1996, hundreds of exquisite dream homes have
2020Est EBITDA
been designed and built by the Company. The Company’s goal
$1.2MM is to build great homes for a great price. The Company and
employees take pride in providing an exceptional product with
integrity and attention to detail. The Company is well
established in the region and has established a superior reputation for quality
products and customer service, which drives high referral rates in the region.
For each of the past several years, the Company has been nominated as “Best in the
Area” and has similarly been features and received accolades in the local media. The
Company has received so many clients and work requests from word-of-mouth
referrals from truly happy clients that it has never needed to have a dedicated
outside salesperson. The Company has been so busy organically growing, and
growing through word of mouth and reputation, that it has not engaged in a
proactive sales or marketing program. Adding such an initiative could accelerate
growth.

Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 5% of
revenue during the historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure
that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Little to no Inventory: Company pre-sells each of its homes before it even gets
started building. The only exception are model homes which the Company
occasionally builds and uses to sell several similar houses.
Industry Expertise: In addition to the principal’s extensive industry experience,
KEY 2019 HIGHLIGHTS many of the Company's key employees also have significant industry knowledge.
 $10.1MM in Sales
This wealth of experience and expertise provides the Company with a significant
 18 Active Accounts intangible asset and advantage over many competitors.
EMPLOYEES Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has been serving the residential
Project Manager—1 construction needs of the region for over 20 years and has a reputation for reliable
Accounting/Permitting—1 service, fast response times, and competitive pricing. This reputation has grown
Interior Design—1 throughout the community. It is continually answering calls for new projects by
Building Superintendents—3 private homeowners. Additionally, the Company has been consistently featured as
Carpenter—1 “the best” in the region throughout the local media.
Barry DeWitt Generational Group

Managing Director, M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: bdewitt@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Construction, Surveying, and
Engineering Services Provider #63006
Charleston, SC
Sign NDA ►
Est. 2019 Revenue

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company serves industrial/government and commercial clients in the public
$9.3MM and private sectors throughout South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia. The
Est. 2019 EBITDA Company is engaged in engineering, surveying and general non‐residen al
construc on, road building and mechanical services. They are a non‐union turnkey
$920K construc on company with the ability to perform a wide range of services.
The current backlog of contracts is over $4.8M with 40 projects in process. The Company has a bonding capacity
of $15M; project sizes range from $3,000 to $9,000,000. The company’s financial statements are reviewed, and
revenues are recognized on the percentage of comple on method for financial repor ng.
Subcontractors are cri cal to the success of any project. The company’s success is due to the strong rela onships
forged with their subcontractors and suppliers throughout the years. The Company’s project managers
collaborate with their building partners from the preconstruc on stage through comple on in order to provide
an integrated approach to the project.
CERTIFICATIONS and LICENSES
 Project Managers. The management style of the Company has Project Managers
(PM’s) also perform es ma ng in their specialty; addi onally, the company
employs part‐ me PM’s that they have a long term rela onship with.
 Established Sub‐Contractor Rela onships. The company benefits from
strong long‐term rela onships with their sub‐contractors with whom they have
established proven working rela onships. The Company has several
subcontractors for each of the 16 construc on divisions. 80% of these
subcontractors have been partners with the contractor for over 10 years and 40%
have been with the contractor since incep on.
 Management Exper se. The Company’s key employees have significant industry
STAFF BREAKDOWN
knowledge and the ability to do complex or complicated projects which
Construc on—10
represents a significant intangible asset and advantage over regional compe tors;
Project Managers—4 FT; 4 PT
Surveying—3 the organiza on is well structured for con nued expansion.
Administra on—2  IDC Contract Revenue. Indefinite Delivery Contract (IDC) are used when GSA
Es ma ng—1 can't determine the precise quan es of supplies or services that
Management—1
the government will require during the contract period. The company has grown
Management and key employees to government IDC revenue and currently have 8 contracts with a total contract
remain post transac on.
value of $500,000. Management expects to con nue to grow these types of
contracts going forward.
Gene Gall Genera onal Group

Email: ggall@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK New York, NY 10017
Cell: 732‐915‐2700 OF THE YEAR Fax: 972‐392‐8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
WELL-ESTABLISHED, HIGHLY-PROFITABLE ROOFING #63374
AND SHEET METAL COMPANY (UPSTATE NY)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This upstate New York based Company has been providing comprehensive roofing and sheet metal services to
commercial and residential customers for over 20 years. Types of roofing systems offered include standing
$3.3M $898K seam, asphalt shingle, single-ply, EPDM, wooden shake, metal, tile, cement, and slate. The majority of revenue
is generated from commercial accounts, which include real estate developers and management companies.
The Company distinguishes itself through its local market branding and reputation for high quality services at
reasonable prices and strong, long-lasting relationships with leading manufacturers. Staff are loyal and highly
$3.6M $975K skilled, with many key personnel employed for 10+ years. Considerable profits have been reinvested in the
business including the establishment of an in-house sheet-metal operation. Business is typically booked for
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA the entire year by winter and the Company often turns down significant new business.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
Growth potential is virtually unlimited with the only constraint being the amount of time, energy and resources
a new owner is willing to invest. The seller is willing to remain with the Company to assist with a transition.
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION INVESTMENT APPEAL

Customer A 8% a. Professional contractor licenses. The Company differentiates itself through exclusive territories with
Customer B 6% the major manufacturers, including two of the leading manufacturers in the industry.
Customer C 3% b. Superior name and reputation. In business for over 20 years, the Company has built substantial
Customer D 3% goodwill with its key accounts by providing quality services, fair pricing, and excellent customer service.
This is evidenced by a 75% rate of recurring revenue.
CUSTOMER COUNT
c. High-end, diversified customer base. The Company operates in a highly desirable region; resulting in
Accounts 250+
premium pricing and exceptionally high margins. Furthermore, no single customer accounts for more
than 8% of revenue, ensuring that the Company will not be materially impacted by the loss of an account.
REVENUE MIX
d. Diversified service offering. The Company offers a wide variety of roofing products and services to
Reroofing, Repair & Maint 65%
both commercial and residential customers. This diverse range of offerings allows for a more steady and
New Construction 35%
reliable cash flow.
EMPLOYEES e. Exceptional financial performance and backlog. The Company’s EBIT margin averaged 24.7% of
revenue during the historical period; much higher than the industry average of 4.2%. In addition, there is
Roofers 7FT + 7PT
over $1.3 million in work already contracted for 2020.
Administrative 1FT + 1PT
Owner 1FT f. Outstanding growth opportunities. Several opportunities have been identified which would
significantly increase revenue and profit. This includes taking on more work, expanding underutilized
CUSTOMER MARKETS % REV. service offerings that are in high demand, opening satellite locations in other major markets and
Commercial 70% developing sales and marketing efforts. The Company’s existing facility is sufficient to support additional
growth and the potential is virtually unlimited.
Residential 30%

INVESTMENT BANK
D. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
WELL-ESTABLISHED COMMERCIAL ELECTRICAL #63181
CONTRACTOR (CONNECTICUT)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA For over 40 years, this leading Connecticut-based electrical contractor has been providing new installation and service
to large commercial, industrial, institutional and heavy industrial customers. It is active in three major categories: new
construction, electrical systems replacement and service and repair work. The Company maintains an excellent
$14.7M reputation for safety, timeliness, and quality of work.
2019 Revenue Current revenue generation is based on repeat customers, referrals, exceptional industry reputation and well-
developed relationships with regional estimators. The Company maintains an 80% rate of repeat business from
$850K previously engaged customers and continually adds to its client base.
Staff possesses a high degree of technical ability and attention to safety, ensuring that the Company remains a top
2019 EBITDA
electrical contractor in the region. Furthermore, the Company is known for its training and has retained some of the
best employees in the industry — resulting in low turnover, a departure from industry norms.
The Company’s office and warehouse occupy approximately 15,200 SFT and are strategically located, enabling employees to efficiently travel to
various projects within its region. Management has indicated its willingness to assist an acquiror through the transition period and all key employees
are expected to remain with the Company post-acquisition.
2019 REVENUE MIX 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 PROJECT MIX
CUSTOMER MIX INVESTMENT APPEAL

Customer A 30% a. Superior name and reputation. The Company enjoys a long-standing reputation for quality installations,
Customer B 20% repairs and service, and is well known for its expertise in meeting the needs of complex, technical, and fast
Customer C 15% track projects.
Customer D 15% b. Strong client relationships. The Company enjoys strong ties with its clients. This is evidenced by an
Customer E 10% approximately 80% rate of repeat business and a deep referral base. Its top clients have been working with
the Company for many years.
CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS c. Established, blue-chip clientele. The Company routinely performs work for many well-established and
2019 30 prestigious construction entities. As a result, the Company benefits from significant brand awareness and has
not encountered major issues in collecting its receivables. Furthermore, by focusing on larger, more complex
REPEAT BUSINESS projects, the Company attains a critical mass of activity which allows it to differentiates itself from the smaller,
residential electrical contractors.
2019 80%
d. Strong and verifiable profitability. Gross profit margins increased from 27.4% in 2016 to 30.0% in 2018. In
EMPLOYEES addition, financial statements are reviewed by an independent Certified Public Accounting firm, who has
Foreman 5 found no material defects in the Company's financials.
Journeyman 18 e. Outstanding growth opportunities. Several opportunities exist to increase revenue and profit including
Apprentices 16 geographic expansion and expansion into tangential markets -- such as telecommunications and data wiring.
The Company maintains fixed operating expenditures and as a result, future revenue growth would be
expected to greatly increase profitability, as any additional revenue should not result in meaningful changes
to operating expenses.

D. 214-717-7494 INVESTMENT BANK
OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Licensed Commercial Electrical Contractor
Headquartered in Georgia
Actively seeking investors is a licensed commercial electrical contractor serving clients for over 25 years.
The Company primarily serves clients in healthcare, tenant build-outs, service, lighting and industrial, as
well as various other industries. The Company sources projects through attending tradeshows, client
referrals, repeat business and through its website. Regardless of a project’s scope, the Company puts
multiple decades of experience and integrity to work, and excels in delivering results on-time, and on-
budget, as-promised.
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown from $1,415,000 in 2016 to $2,117,000 in the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 22.3%. Sales have grown consistently year over year in
the historical period
 Excellent Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients developed over its 25 years of existence.
This commitment is represented in its 85% rate of repeat business
 Increasing Earnings: The Company has experienced strong growth in EBIT, from negative earnings in 2016 to $99,000 in
2018. Management plans on being more active in sales and bringing on new clients to support an upward trend in earnings
throughout the pro-forma period

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581
Client #62796
WELL-ESTABLISHED MUNICIPAL & PRIVATE #61670
CONCRETE CONTRACTOR (NEW JERSEY)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
The Company is an established, unionized construction contractor specializing in heavy highway construction, primarily
for the public sector, throughout the state of New Jersey. Project capabilities include construction of roads, highways,
$5.1M $631K reinforced concrete foundations, parking lots and decks, road improvements, repairs of sidewalks, dams, site and
bridges, utility-related construction, and traffic signals. Customers consists of county and municipal agencies and
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA private sector clients.
The Company prides itself on exceeding customer expectations through attention to detail and strict adherence to
$5.3M $661K public/employee safety and scheduling. In order to ensure customers receive the highest quality products and services,
the Company provides continuous training and support to its dedicated team of professionals. In addition, it is in full
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, has no outstanding safety or environmental issues
(PROJ) (PROJ) and all records are clean and up-to-date.
The Company owns most of the equipment required to perform each job. Its large equipment base includes various
pieces of construction equipment, heavy trucks, trailers, pick-up trucks, a wide range of hand tools, shop and welding equipment and other related equipment as
well as office equipment and furniture. The Company has several facilities include a machine shop, office space, and outdoor space used for equipment and
materials storage. The business has sufficient space to accommodate significantly higher revenues without major facility improvements or expansion.
The owners consider a transaction with an outside entity to be the most effective way to accelerate expansion of the business. A substantial cash infusion would
allow the Company to expand significantly faster than the principals could grow on their own. Furthermore, the principals would like to lay the groundwork for
succession planning and a medium-term exit strategy. The owners are willing to stay involved post-transaction to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership.
CLIENT MARKETS 2019 INVESTMENT APPEAL

Local Government 50% a. Superior name and reputation. The Company has been providing service for over half a century and has earned
a reputation for outstanding road construction services and reliable expertise, backed by exceptional customer
Private Sector 50% service and competitive pricing.
b. Strong customer relationships. The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for timely
EMPLOYEES project completion and superior service. The ability to manage client expectations and provide superior execution
has been instrumental to its success.
Owner 1 + 1 Union c. Exceptionally skilled and well-trained staff. The Company has a dedicated team of highly-trained and skilled
Estimator 1 professionals who have extensive industry experience. The Company provides continuous training and support to
its dedicated team of professionals to ensure clients receive the highest quality products and services,
Mechanic 1 d. Superior profitability. Adjusted operating profit (EBIT) margin totaled 12.4% of sales in FY 2019, significantly
Office Manager 1 higher than the industry average of 7%. Furthermore, the Company has no long-term operating debt, as the
business has grown through self-financing and reinvestment of earnings.
Laborers 6 Union e. Outstanding growth opportunities. Given additional resources, the Company has opportunities to accelerate
revenue and profit growth by diversifying and expanding its customer base, geographic markets, capitalizing
further on existing customer relationships, increasing its bonding capacity, hiring dedicated and experienced sales
professionals, and implementing an effective marketing strategy, including developing its website.

INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
C. 917-568-5010 2016 - 2017 - 2018
Luxury Countertop Installation Firm
Located in Florida
2019 Est Revenue $4 million I 2019 Est EBITDA $531 thousand
The Company specializes in granite and marble countertop installations for kitchens and bathrooms.
Installations generate the majority of revenue, while the sale of granite, marble, and quartz slabs, as well
as sinks and cabinets make up the remaining portion of revenue. The Company has strong relationships
with almost all contractors in the region, but also serves condominium complexes and assisted living
facilities. The Company has established links with key suppliers lead to a steady flow of key inputs, such
as cut stone and polymers, enabling industry operators to meet orders in time, preventing clients from
using other producers to supplement unmet demand.
 Strong Sales Growth: Revenue increased from $2,315,000 in 2016 to $3,454,000 in 2018, representing a 22.8%
growth rate over the previous year. In 2018, the Company reached an all time high in sales peaking at an approxi-
mate $3,454,000; revenue is expected to continue to improve in 2019 and is projected to reach $4,000,000.
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than approximately 5% of revenue during
the historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly im-
pacted by the loss of a single account.
 Gross Profit Percentage is Above Industry Benchmarks: The Company’s gross profit margin in 2018 was 25.5%,
and is expected to remain relatively flat going forward. This is above the corresponding industry benchmark of
15.8%.

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Client #62261
Commercial, Governmental, and Residen al
Retaining Wall and Paving Systems Contractor
Headquartered in the Mid‐Atlan c Area, U.S.
The Company provides high‐quality retaining wall and paving systems to commercial and
governmental customers. Projects include commercial and residen al developments, apartment
complexes, shopping centers, schools, industrial sites, and DOT roadways. The Company has built
an excellent reputa on throughout its region as a superior and reliable provider of retaining wall
and paving systems. Headquartered just a few minutes off Interstate Route 95 enables quick and
ready access to most job loca ons. The Company’s exis ng facili es, modest capital expenditure
requirements, and market outlook lead management to expect the Company to con nue to
grow both over the short and the long term.

 Solid Customer Rela onships: The Company has established solid rela onships with a broad range of customers
and con nually completes work for numerous accounts. Few accounts consistently represent more than 5% of an-
nual revenue, but a majority have contracted work from the Company on mul ple occasions.
 Strong Financial Posi on: The Company achieved impressive financial performance from 2016 to 2018 by achiev-
ing a revenue growth CAGR of 7.7%. This performance and a backlog of approximately $3 million posi ons the
Company for strong financial results going forward.
growth.
Jerry Cohen, M&A Partner

Tel: (301) 721‐0003 Client #62688
Email: jcohen@genera onal.com www.Genera onal.com I www.DealForce.com
Full Service General Contractor
Residential | Commercial | Government
Headquartered in Southern, Florida
2018 Est. Revenue $6,800,000 I 2018 Est. EBITDA $500,000
This Company is a full service general contractor that specializes in all phases of construction and
remodeling including:
 Residential and Commercial Projects
 Model Homes
 Custom Designed Homes
 Remodeling and Additions
 Energy Efficient Remodeling
 Concrete Work
The Company works with commercial developers, smaller companies, individual business owners, and
residential homeowners. Furthermore, it has the experience to help guide clients through the
construction or rehabilitation process and make even the most inexperienced client feel comfortable.
The Company has completed various types of projects; from custom residential homes, gas stations,
restaurants, office buildings, warehouses, parking lots to custom engraved concrete flooring.
Utilizing a 3,000 square foot office/warehouse, the business employs approximately 30 employees.

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Fax: (972) 392-8562
Client #61642
Email: mdieckmann@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
GLASS & GLAZING COMPANY WITH MULTI-
GENERATIONAL REPUTATION IN THE NORTHEAST
#63855
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA The Company is a multi-generational family-owned and operated glass and glazing contractor in continuous
operation since the 1920s. The Company has established itself as one of the leading glass companies in the
$2.2M* $500K Northeast. The Company’s primary offerings include new storefronts, entrances, skylights and windows.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The Company furnishes all types of glass including, bulletproof, laminated, tempered, insulated, tinted,
reflective, security glass, sneeze-guards, custom mirror work, glass walls, glass railings, glass tables and
$2.8M* $600K tabletops, and offer repair service to doors, windows, screens as well as supply replacement hardware.
The Company is an approved vendor for state government, local municipalities, aerospace companies,
*Reflects impact from Covid-19 medical centers and property management firms.
DIVERSIFIED CLIENTS
87%
CUSTOMER MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Owners/Developers 50% a. Realigned Sales Efforts: The Company has concentrated it’s sales efforts to service work in recent
General Contractors 30% months to realign with the current market demand. The service and repair work has turned into larger
State & Local Gov. 20% replacement and new work. The Company has recently stayed away from the larger new construction
work, shielding itself from market fluctuation in this dynamic environment.
PRODUCTS & SERVICES b. Product Line Expansion: The Company is exploring product line expansion into auto glass, shower doors
Storefronts 45% and distribution of various window lines (wood/aluminum/vinyl), sunrooms, solar panels, wall panel
Glass Replacement 30% systems and is investigating a distribution center in the Caribbean.
New Construction 20% c. Brand Recognition: Established business relationships with general contractors and property developers
Walk-in 5% in residential and commercial markets has created a lucrative environment for emergency contract work
that is largely generated by brand recognition.
STAFF OVERVIEW d. Proprietary Expertise: In addition to the principals’ extensive experience in the industry, many of the
Owner 1 Company’s key employees and managers have long histories in the industry. This experience and
Field 5 expertise provides the Company with significant intangible value and advantage over many competitors.
Sales 2 e. Gross Profit Percentage is Above Industry Benchmarks: The Company’s unadjusted gross profit margin
Front Office 1 of 43.0% for 2019 is significantly greater than the industry’s ratio of 38.3%.

Senior Vice President - M&A 125 Park Avenue, 25th FL
New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
GENERAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
(MARYLAND)
#63426
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 2014, the Company is an electrical contractor serving homeowners, property management
companies and general contractors. The Company’s revenue is generated through sales of materials, labor and
$8.9M professional services.
2020 Revenue The Company performs new installations, home renovations, tenant build-outs, emergency generator
(PROJ) installation, indoor and outdoor lighting installations and repairs, ceiling and attic fan installations, inspections,
service and system upgrades, surge protection, pool/spa/hot tub wiring, aluminum wiring, and smoke and CO2
$483K detectors installation. The Company also installs energy-efficient solutions such as LED lighting, occupancy
2020 EBITDA sensors and electric vehicle charging stations, performs preventive maintenance on meter stacks and electrical
(PROJ)
panels, thermal imaging, solar lighting, fire alarm, CAT5 cabling, troubleshooting services, CCTV and bucket
truck services.
By providing a variety of electrical services to homeowners, property management companies and general contractors the Company enjoys a multi-
channel revenue stream and enables it to transition electricians from one job to another when needed. This helps create the best-in-class
customers service their clients enjoy through a versatility of competence, value engineering, constant communication and project reliability.
2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS DIVERSIFIED CLIENTS

87%
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Customer A (2016) 10% Market reputation: In business since 2014, the Company is well-known, respected and enjoys an excellent
Customer B (2015) 9%
reputation with their customers in the Baltimore, Maryland area. Comprehensive in-house capabilities,
Customer C (2017) 9%
Customer D (2017) 4% experience and industry presence in the market have led to a projected increase from $7.7M in 2020 to
Customer E (2017) 3% $12.4M over the next five years and the Company plans to recruit new technicians to manage the
expansion.
EMPLOYEES Geographic expansion: The Company is expanding its footprint to include Montgomery County, Maryland,
Estimators/managers 6 and northern Virginia’s lucrative and underserved residential markets, which is projected to generate an
Field Electricians 37 additional $4.0M in revenue.
Bucket Truck Electrician 1
Administration 12 GSA opportunities: The company is currently recruiting a GSA-qualified project manager and field staff able
Marketing & Sales 3 to service state and federal facilities, which will enable future revenue of $2.0M+ per year.
Warehouse 4
Vehicle charging certified installer: Company is a certified and approved installer for Tesla Powerwall &
vehicle charging stations as well as Toyota Charge Point. The company is promoting this service thru their
2019 GEO. MARKETS business development staff and marketing director. An investment or acquisition can accelerate growth and
Maryland 96% increase the operating margins by broadening the service offerings across existing and new markets and
Washington, D.C. 3%
special project opportunities.
Virginia 1%

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
Premier Glass and Glazing Contractor
Headquartered in Georgia—Southeastern Recognition
The Company is a glass and glazing contractor located in Georgia. Services include curtain wall, storefronts,
aluminum entrances, aluminum door panels, framed and frameless shower doors, shower enclosures, and heavy
glass showers. It is supported by two related companies, one that owns the trucks and tools utilized by the
Company, and the second operates as the owners’ payroll management systems. The entity has established a
reputation for high standards, quality, reliability, and service. The Company primarily works on projects in
commercial, retail, education, housing, and various other markets. Active customer database comprises of 75
customers, in which 50% are considered recurring customers. The Company is well-positioned for continued
growth and success.
• Backlog of Signed Contracts: The Company’s backlog is valued over $6,000,000 for 2020 in first quarter and ex-
tends to 2022
• Value of Private Nonresidential Construction: The largest market for industry operators is nonresidential con-
struction
• Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has built a reputation for strength and reliability in performance
over its years in business
• Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Several opportunities exist to increase revenue and profit, including leverag-
ing the Company’s proven reputation to pursue new and existing markets. These opportunities are attainable giv-
en the appropriate investments in capital and human resources

Tel: (678) 646-6704Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #63487
Full Service Fire Sprinkler Company #62744
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Founded in 1985, this is a full-service fire sprinkler company that does the
$2.0M design, installation, maintenance and inspection of fire protection systems
2019 REVENUE (PROJ)
and provides materials and labor to install sprinkler systems, foam systems,
fire pumps and FM 200 Systems.
$370K The Company provides installation and contract work regarding all things
fire protection in commercial, industrial and residential real estate. They
2019 EBITDA (PROJ)
are supported by 13 full-time and 2 part-time personnel.
2018 REVENUE BY 2018 REVENUE BY SOURCE 2018 REVENUE BY

MARKET GEOGRAPHIC MARKET
Consulting &
General Contractors 80%
Inspections
Consulting Work 10% 10%
Cities 5%
Inspections 5% Engineering Installations
30% 60%
NH 5%
EMPLOYEES FT / PT MA 90%
Engineering 2 1 RI 5%
Installations 10 -
Office 1 1
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Professional Staff Expertise: The active Significant Growth Opportunities: The Company
shareholders are willing to stay with the Company has established operating procedures, providing a
during a transition period in order to ensure a stable base to support revenue expansion. The
seamless transfer of ownership issues. In addition Company has the ability to grow geographically, by
to the principals' extensive industry experience, sector and by staff.
many of the Company’s key employees also have Diversified Customer Industries: Working with
significant industry knowledge. This wealth of many general contractors, the Company operates
experience and expertise provides the Company in various types of real estate asset classes. Its
with a significant intangible asset and advantage contract work is also varied across different
over many regional and local competitors. industries, including office and bio-tech, which
Recession-Resistant Industry: Fire inspection and reduces risk of an industry’s decline impacting
installation will continue to see work as clients are earnings.
mandated by law to conduct fire safety services.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
PLAYGROUND CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION #62847
Central Florida
Sign NDA ►

$1.8MM Founded in 1976, the Company installs park and playground equipment.
The Company strives for high quality installations, and also has excellent
2019 Est EBITDA project coordination and communication. It serves the park and playground
$365K equipment niche of the construction industry in Florida. The Company
installs for two sales rep companies that sell park and playground
equipment, who collectively contributed 87% of revenue from numerous projects in 2018. Most of
the Company’s work is repeat business. Work mainly comes to the Company through sales made by
the factory reps that it installs for. The Company also receives work through word of mouth. The
Company gets work from independent contractors for brands it normally does not install. This is
because those contractors have worked with the Company previously and contract with Company
directly. The Company is headquartered in Central Florida. The Company maintains an office trailer
and 22,500 square feet of property for staging and storage at one of the shareholder’s residence.
Revenue grew at a 40.5% CAGR between 2016 and 2018. In 2017, revenue grew 26.2% as the
Company added another sales rep company for playgrounds, shade structures, and pavilions. A
growing economy meant more park and play equipment was being sold to install. In 2018, revenue
grew 56.4% due to the continued strong economy. Also, the Company added another sales rep
company for shade structure installations, and there were more contractors calling the company for
direct installations.
Superior Name and Reputation: Founded in 1976, the Company has

built and maintained an excellent reputation in its niche industry across
Florida.
Niche Industry Expertise: The Company specializes in park, playground,
and sports equipment installation. This experience enables it to
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS consistently provide high-quality and efficient installation services.
 $1.7MM in Sales
 90% Rate of Repeat Business. Strong Client Relationships: The Company has a high rate of repeat
 8 Active Accounts business and many loyal customers. The top two customers have been
EMPLOYEES doing business with the Company since 2003 and 2012, respectively.
Administrators—2 Central Location: The Company’s centralized location in Florida enables it
Installers—8 to serve customer projects statewide.
Owners—2
Experienced Staff: The Company hires, trains, and maintains qualified
*Management and key employees to personnel, and installs a strong, quality-based worth ethic.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR #63106
SOUTH CAROLINA
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company is a leading designer, installer, and maintenance provider of fire and
2018 Revenue sprinkler systems within the regional market place. The Company has worked on a
$4.5M broad set of projects across a diverse industries, which includes New Construction
(50% of 2018 revenues), Automotive (10%) and Existing Apartment Buildings (40%).
2018 EBITDA
Key customers that the Company services includes: Marriot Hotels, BMW,
$318K Mercedes, Bridgestone, Michelin Tires, and many others.
The facility is located on 7 acres, and rented from a related party, the 7,500 square
Est. 2019 Revenue
feet facility is used both for office and shop space.
$5.2M
CERTIFICATIONS and LICENSES
Est. 2019 EBITDA
$365K
2018 REVENUE MIX

INVESTMENT APPEAL
Service Strong Net Working Capital: In 2018, current assets were approximately
Material
20%
20% $685,000 and current liabilities were $567,000, resulting in a Net Working
Capital of $118,000.
Desig…
Installation Gross Profit Percentage is Above Industry Benchmarks: During the fiscal year
30% of 2018, the Company operated with a gross margin of 42.7%, which is higher
Fabrication
15% than the industry standard for companies of similar size and operating activity
of 27.1%.
STAFF BREAKDOWN
Estimator—2 Rising Gross Profit Trend: Management reviews the Company’s pricing
Field Labor—3 strategy quarterly to ensure the market can bear the prices, which has
Shop—3 resulted in increasing gross profit margins from 39.0% during 2016 to 42.7% in
Administration—4 2018.
Installers—18
Management—1
Alex Mironov Generational Group

Vice President, M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: amironov@generational.com New York, NY 10017
OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Residential, Commercial, and Automotive
Glass and Glazing Contractor #63398
Mid-Atlantic US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company is recognized as one of the leading glazing contractors and
$1.5MM
provides services through three separate segments including residen al
Proj. 2019 EBITDA glass services, commercial glass services, and automo ve glass services.
$329K Residen al glass services include custom glass, custom mirrors, double
pane windows, emergency repair and replacement, glass tabletops and
custom shelving, shower door installa on, window repair and replacement, and glass protectant
applica on. Commercial glass services include advance measurement systems, door closer repair,
emergency repair and replacement, industrial solu ons, security films, and storefront doors.
Automo ve glass services include glass care, road hazard guarantees, headlight restora on and
repair, and windshield repair and replacement.
The Company categorizes its revenue into flat glass and automo ve glass categories, with flat
glass typically comprising two‐thirds of annual revenue and automo ve glass the remainder. The
Company serves customers across a three state area of the Mid‐Atlan c US.
The Company has a sufficient level of staff and facility space to support ongoing growth and
management an cipates capitalizing on this efficient level of opera ons to achieve growth. The
real estate is available for purchase at the buyer’s op on.
GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Diverse Customer Base. The Company’s customers are diversified across three
Mid‐Atlan c states and nearly 5,000 accounts. No single customer consistently
accounts for a significant por on of annual revenue. This diversified customer
base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the
Impressive Financial Performance. The Company operates at a highly efficient
and profitable level. From 2016 to 2018 the Company grew to over $1.4 million
in revenue at a 10.5% compound annual growth rate. Over the same period the
Company achieved mul ple years with EBITDA margins in excess of 20.0% of
sales.
EMPLOYEES
Deeply Established Goodwill. The Company has built substan al goodwill in
Sales/Customer Service—3 the community and the region by providing quality service and exper se. Along
Technicians—8 with the principals, many key employees have significant industry and product
Ownership—2 knowledge providing significant intangible assets and advantages over
Management available post
compe tors. Management also credits its reputa on and established customer
transac on at buyer’s op on. rela onships as the two most cri cal factors contribu ng to historical success.
Greg Marsh Genera onal Group

Email: gmarsh@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Phone: 646‐276‐6981 OF THE YEAR Fax: 972‐392‐8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All informa on contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Genera onal Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Genera onal Equity
makes no representa ons or warran es as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such informa on. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Genera onal Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said
recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera onal Equity of this document. At all mes Genera onal Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer.
Genera onal Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Established Commercial & Residential
Construction Contractor
2019 Est. Revenue $5,000,000 | 2019 Est. EBITDA $265,000
Founded in 1996, the Company is a commercial and residential construction contractor in the Southeast. The Company has excellent
systems in place including estimating and job costing processes. Average commercial jobs range between $300,000 and $1,000,000, and
residential projects can range from $50,000 for a small remodel to over $1,000,000 for a new home. The Company’s current backlog
exceeds $3,000,000. In 2018, revenue was generated from Commercial Construction (60% of revenue) and Residential Construction
(40%). Gross margins vary based on project type: Remodel (30%), New Home Construction (20%), and Commercial (15%). The Company
relies on its reputation, word-of-mouth, and referrals to generate new projects. Since inception, the Company has established an
extensive network of contacts throughout the region. The Company’s principal participates in direct selling activities to develop new,
large accounts, including active participation in professional organizations. The Company is a C-Corporation operating from a leased
(shareholder-owned) 3,360 square foot office. The facilities can accommodate more than double the current revenues without major
facility improvements. The Company’s core staff totals six full-time employees, including one active principal. Success in the industry is
driven by access to the latest and most efficient building techniques, marketing expertise, effective quality control, and having a good
reputation. The Company excels in each of these areas and is well positioned for continued future growth and success.
Strong Revenue Growth & Backlog of Signed Contracts

The Company experienced strong revenue growth between 2017 and 2018, increasing 65.9% from $3.1 million to $5.2 million. The
Company’s estimated sales of $5 million for 2019 will be attractive to buyers wanting to establish a foothold or increase market share.
Furthermore, the Company currently has a backlog of $3 million expected to be completed within 12 months.
Overall Growth Expected in Targeted Industries

The value of US new residential home construction and renovations is forecast to grow at an 7% CAGR between 2018 and 2022. The
value of US nonresidential building construction spending is forecast to grow at a 4% CAGR between 2018 and 2022.

The Company has a long-standing reputation for providing quality construction services, reliable expertise, and superior customer
support. Furthermore, the Company has strong ties to clients due to its reputation for timely project completion and excellent customer
service.
Mario Dieckmann, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

Client #62223
Email: mdieckmann@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
CLASS “A” COMMERCIAL
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR #62974
Virginia Beach Area
—
—
—
—
—
- - - -
- -
HIGH-END, RESIDENTIAL REMODELING DESIGN
& CABINET MANUFACTURER
#63203
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This Company specializes in custom cabinetry, kitchen and bath design, flooring and HVAC systems for the
residential remodeling market. The Company has access to hundreds of product lines through several top
$2.2M $301K wholesalers and provides free estimates, competitive pricing, top quality craftsmanship and installation
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA supported by excellent customer service.
The Company has established an outstanding reputation within their market for high-end redesign work. The
$1.8M* $222K Company leverages this reputation and markets services through personal networking and relationship-
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA based marketing which is what drives the above normal referral business.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
The Company operates from an 8,000sf office and warehouse, located near several highways allowing for
*Reflects impact of Covid-19 fast access to the project market.
2019 REVENUE SOURCES
87%
REVENUE GROWTH INVESTMENT APPEAL

2017 $1,093,000 Brand Recognition
2018 $1,869,000 71% The Company has worked with more than 1,000 customers. With a 5 year warranty on labor and
2019 $2,190,000 17% workmanship and a one year walk-through after the completion of a job, the Company’s remodeling and
home improvements have become the first name that comes to customers’ minds when friends or family
EBITDA MARGIN mention kitchen remodeling, bathroom remodeling or HVAC and flooring services.
2019 13.7% Marketing
Industry Ave. 5.7%
The Company has developed close customer relationships throughout its history. As such, the Company
MANUFACTURING benefits from referral business and a strong reputation within the industry to generate revenue. Currently,
the Company generates almost all of its revenue from referrals of previously engaged customers.
Custom Cabinetry 23%
Management indicates that a significant portion of the Company’s sales have been derived from its
reputation as a high-quality service provider in the region.
2019 GEO. MARKETS
Exceptional Design History
Northern Virginia 100%
The Company employs skilled interior designers with decades of experiences to layout new spaces. With
experience designing spaces for all types of applications, the Company is able to work with any client and can
STAFF OVERVIEW accommodate those looking for home improvement options or those in need of a full-scale HVAC and
Full Time 1 flooring services.

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
 All workers are legally Coastal Company specializing in home renovations, certified to
remodels and repairs
#62876
Southeastern US
work in the U.S.
Sign NDA ►

$1.7MM This 35-year old Company (current owners have managed the Company
for the last 17 years) targets private owners, rental companies and
2019 Est EBITDA
management companies. The Company has a 90 percent rate of repeat
$208K business by using continuous personal networking and relationship-
based marketing with key customer accounts. One truly unique attribute
of the Company is their being located on a barrier island south of the Mason/Dixon where they
have access to vacation homes as well as permanent residences.
Positive Reasons to consider this opportunity:

 They have an impeccable reputation for finished projects with hundreds of
satisfied customers.
 They have access to a multi-skilled and flexible workforce of full-time employees
as well as subcontractors who are readily available on a per-project basis.

 They have close working relationships with major residential developers, building-
services management companies and industry suppliers.
2018 CUSTOMER MARKETS

The Company is located in a highly popular area where both
tourists and permanent residents become customers over time.
There is a large retirement community with 10,000 homes less than
one hour away. No effort has been made to develop this market.
The Company intends to sell the Maestroscreens retractable
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS motorized screens that will provide numerous benefits and are a
 $1.5MM in Sales luxury product.
 300+ Active Accounts The Company intends to increase sales of Attic Tents that save
EMPLOYEES energy.
Administrative—2
Field Service—9
The Company has experienced strong revenue growth during the
Owners—2 historical period. Historical sales have grown in the historical period
from approximately $1,223,000 in 2016 to $1,486,000 in 2018,
remain post transaction. representing a compound annual growth rate of 10.2%.
Loren Schmerler Generational Group

Email: lschmerler@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Glass & Glazing Installation &
Fabrication Company
Founded in 1991, the Company is an installer of store front glass, mirrors, tabletops, and glazing based in the Southeast region. The
Company serves as a distributor of Kawneer Aluminum storefront, doors, frames, sliding doors, and hardware. The Company relies on
local advertising, word-of-mouth, and referrals to generate business. Since inception, the Company has established an extensive network
of contacts in numerous industries. The Company’s partners participate in direct selling activities with new and large account
development, including active participation in professional organizations and building a network of clients. In 2017, revenues were
comprised of wholesale accounts (60%) and retail (40%).
The Company utilizes a standard pricing strategy based on a target gross profit range of 50%. Large, long-standing customer relationships
(projects) often benefit from volume discounts while one-time, smaller volume purchases typically command better margins. Moreover,
orders of bard-to-find items and/or requiring fast turnaround will command margins in the higher end of the range, irrespective of the
customer relationship. The Company operates from a leased (shareholder-owned) 15,000 square foot office and shop located in the
Southeast. The staff totals 14 full-time employees, including 2 active principals.
Strong Revenue Growth
The Company experienced strong revenue growth over the last three years, increasing an average 10% per year.
Diversified & Loyal Customer Base
The customer base is diverse as no one customer represents more than a few percentages in a given year. Furthermore, the Company
has strong ties to clients due to its reputation for timely delivery and excellent customer service. This commitment is represented in the
strong retention rate of accounts.
The Company has a long-standing reputation for its focus on quality products, offering reliable expertise, and providing superior
customer support. With a track record spanning more than 20+ years, the Company has become an established installer of store front
glass, mirrors, tabletops, and glazing in the Southeast.
Management Continuity
To facilitate a successful and orderly transition, the current owners are willing to remain with the Company during a transition period.
Julie Sandoval, Managing Director Generational Equity, LLC

Client #61205
Email: jsandoval@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
HEATING & COOLING CONTRACTOR SERVING
SOUTHERN NEW YORK STATE
#63565
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This Putnam County-headquartered Company was founded in the late 80’s and specializes in all industrial
and commercial heating and cooling services and performs capital improvement contract buildouts with
$1.4M* $200K* emergency service capability.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The Company provides boiler replacement, emergency repairs preventive maintenance, equipment
installations, and design build, plan and spec services.
$1.4M $197K The Company has three revenue sources, 1) installation, 2) service and emergency and 3) service contracts
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA and maintenance. The Company has expanded in recent years to serve the residential/commercial and
*Reflects impacts of COVID-19 industrial customer markets to further diversify its customer base and increase sales.
BEST-IN-CLASS SUPPLIERS 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 REVENUE SOURCES
87%

New York 97% a. Niche Market. There is a shortage of HVAC companies in the geographic markets of the Company, who
Connecticut 3% have a knowledge of larger commercial and industrial mechanical equipment, particularly in the
troubleshooting arena. The Company is one of the few in the area with the experience to handle more
complex equipment.
KEY CLIENTS BY REV. b. Management Expertise. A lean organizational structure, stable and dedicated workforce, and
management team with 30 years of experience anchor the business. The company has successful
Client A (2000) 20%
alliances with commercial clients and municipalities in its market area, which ensures continuous
Client B (2005) 20%
success.
Client C (1995) 8%
Client D (2014) 2% c. Inhouse Experts. The company has in-house experts, practices quality control to job completion, and
maintains work integrity throughout each job. It brings to each job an early knowledge of true costs and
opportunities for cost savings, a significant intangible asset and an advantage over many regional and
national competitors.
REPEAT BUSINESS
d. Growth Initiative. This company has been growing at a study rate organically and by acquisitions of
2019 88%
smaller companies and expanding its footprint in nearby cities. With a capital infusion, the company has
the tools and the intellectual capacity to accelerate expansion and achieve the desired growth.

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
STEEL BUILDING ERECTION SERVICES #62975
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
2018 Revenue
The Company provides structural steel building erection for all of North Carolina,
$2.98MM
Central and Northern South Carolina, as well as Southern Virginia. The Company
specializes in steel building erection for retail shopping centers, multistory
2018 EBITDA structures, schools, manufacturing facilities, office, and residential buildings.
$197K The Company operates from an 11,200 square foot, related party-owned office and
warehouse facility. The fair market annual lease rate for the facility is approximately
2019 Est. Revenue $24,000.
$3.3MM The Company works closely with steel building general contractors and engineers to
deliver services that range from erecting new steel buildings to structural
2019 Est. EBITDA remediation/repair on small or large complex projects.
$205K From ordering any volume of industrial steel, transportation, unloading, fabrication,
lifting components into position, erecting and aligning, the Company’s experienced
team services commercial and industrial construction projects .
2018 REVENUE MIX MAJOR EQUIPMENT BASE INCLUDES:

Fabrication 4—Cranes 3 - Boom Trucks
9%
3—Fork Lifts 1—Low Boy
Crane Service
12—Welders 3—Flat Trailers
24%
1—Skid Steer 2—Plasma Cutters
3—Road Tractors 9—Light Trucks
Steel Erection
67% 1—Drop Bed Trailer
Investment Appeal
Strong Net Working Capital: In 2018, the current assets were approximately $1,023,000 and
current liabilities were $74,000, resulting in a Net Working Capital of $949,000.
STAFF BREAKDOWN
Crane Service—3 Industry Expertise: The Company’s key employees have significant industry and service
Erection Crew—5 knowledge.
Maintenance—1
Diversified customer base: With revenue divided between three separate business lines, a
Fabrication—1
customer base of over 300 accounts, and no single customer accounting for more than 15% of
Administration —1
sales,
Generational Group
Gene Gall 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
M&A Advisor New York, NY 10017
Phone: 732-915-2700 INVESTMENT BANK Fax: 972-392-8538
OF THE YEAR
Email: ggall@generational.com 2016 - 2017 - 2018
WELL-ESTABLISHED CUSTOM KITCHEN & BATH #58910
CONTRACTOR
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
For over 30 years, this West Virginia-based contractor has been providing high quality custom kitchen and
bathroom design and remodeling, hard surface flooring, age-in-place products, pro-style appliances and
$1.44M $161K ceramic tile. With a superior regional reputation, strong customer and supplier relationships and experienced
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA team, the Company is well-positioned for continued growth.
All the necessary professional design and installation capabilities are provided in-house and the business can
meet any customers’ specifications and budget. The Company combines a wealth of experience, the latest
$1.50M $176K computer-aided design (CAD) technology, acute attention to detail with top-quality products from leading
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA suppliers and ensures consistent, accurate, customized solutions and on-time delivery for every customer.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
The Company employs installation specialists, design and sales professionals and a driver. Team members
have diverse backgrounds, deep experience, and an unwavering commitment to excellent customer service.
Facilities are owner-owned and total approximately 15,000 SFT, consisting of a 10,000 SFT showroom/office and a 5,000 SFT warehouse. The facility
is capable of supporting forecasted growth. The seller is committed to remaining with the Company for an agreed upon period following a sale to
help it realize pro forma objectives.
REVENUE MIX AS % OF REV INVESTMENT APPEAL

Labor & Installation 37%
a. Well-known name and established reputation. The Company enjoys a 30+ year reputation as a
Cabinets 11% provider of high-quality kitchen and bath remodeling products and services, excellent customer service
Building Materials 9% and timely execution by knowledgeable staff at competitive prices. This plays a key role in attracting new
Countertops 4% accounts as well as preserving and growing existing accounts.
Hardwood Floor Products 1% b. One-stop, fully integrated service and product offerings. A team of designers utilize the latest CAD
Freight 1% tools to create the perfect kitchen or bath tailored to their customers’ tastes and budgets. By offering a
Other Products* 37% comprehensive line of products and services in-house, clients are provided with a convenient and hassle-
*includes plumbing, age-in-place, free experience and a single point of contact.
appliances, flooring, hard surfaces etc.
c. Experienced, customer-oriented staff and friendly work environment. Staff have diverse
backgrounds, deep experience, and an unwavering commitment to excellent customer service.
EMPLOYEES FT PT Recognizing that its personnel are its most important asset, the Company provides its dedicated team of
Sales 2 professionals with continuous training and support and an enjoyable, friendly and safe work atmosphere.
Administrative 2 d. Strong financial performance. EBITDA margin increased from 1.3% of sales in 2016 to 12.4% in 2019,
Installations 6 2 while sales grew from approximately $1.2M to $1.4M during the same period. The Company is also well
Shipping 1 diversified with no single customer representing a significant portion of sales in any given year.
e. Outstanding growth opportunities. Opportunities to significantly accelerate revenue and profit growth
CUSTOMER MARKETS % REV. include extending hours to evenings and weekends, expanding the product line, offering financing
Residential 90% options, growing its customer base and geographic markets, hiring additional experienced salespeople,
Commercial 10% advertising on social media and investing in additional inventory.

INVESTMENT BANK
M. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
RETAIL FLOORING COMPANY ON THE EAST COAST #58983
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1991, this company is a premier distributor and retailer of flooring products located on the
beautiful East Coast. The Company primarily serves retail customers in the sale and installation of carpet,
$2.5M $135K ceramic tile, hardwood, vinyl, laminate, and other flooring products. With a 10,000 square foot retail
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA showroom, the company provides an excellent shopping and viewing experience for both walk-in retail and
commercial customers. The Company’s showroom features thousands of samples across multiple product
$2.6M $149K categories and provides the customer a way to properly visualize how the products will look in their home.
Perfectly situated in a rapidly developing region, the company provides a healthy mix of service to residential
(proj) (proj)
clients, commercial contractors, property managers and flooring brokers. The company boasts a very high 90%
rate of repeat business.
For the online shopper, the Company’s website includes a fully operational online showroom. With a superior industry reputation, extensive product
lines, strong supplier relationships, industry expertise, a strategic geographic location, and a solid team, this Company is well-positioned for growth.
2019 REVENUE SOURCES 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS
CUSTOMER RETENTION INVESTMENT APPEAL

2019 90% Superior Name and Reputation: Since its inception in 1991, the company has developed an
excellent reputation for providing quality products, fast turnaround, and exceptional value to its
customers.
EXPERIENCED TEAM
Brand-Name Products: The Company carries well-known, brand name products from Mohawk,
X 1 Shaw, Armstrong, Daltile, Tarkett, and Anderson.
MANAGEMENT
X
1 Favorable Industry Outlook: As a result of the continued strengthening economy, IBISWorld
ADMINISTRATION forecasts steady growth for the industry over the five years to 2024. While competition persists,
growth in the housing market will boost overall demand for flooring, benefiting the industry.
X 1
LABOR
Strong Local Economy: The company is located in the midst of strong residential and
X 2 commercial growth.
SALES
1 Modest Ongoing Capital Investment Requirements: The business is not capital intensive in
X
PURCHASING nature and total expenditures for capital equipment are not expected to exceed $10,000
annually for the next several years.

New York, NY 10017
M. 704-840-8390 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Authorized Garage Door Distributor
Commercial & Residential - Installation & Maintenance
Located in Florida / Six County Region
Available for acquisition, the Company is a franchisee and authorized distributor for garage door
products; the Company has the exclusive rights to operate as a distributor in nine counties in Florida. The
Company specializes in the installation of garage door controllers, garage door maintenance and
emergency services, and serves both residential and commercial clients. The Company operates from
two locations, and has been serving clients with excellence for several decades.
In 2017, revenue was derived from the following markets: residential (37%), industrial (35%) and
commercial (28%).
 Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has an extensive database with close to 2,250 customers. Man-
agement estimates repeat business accounts for 85% of annual revenue.
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: Overall, revenue increased from $1.4 million in 2014 to $2.0 million in 2017, and
is expected to reach $2.4 million in 2018.
 Diversified Operations: The Company is capable of working on commercial, residential, and industrial buildings.
Further, the Company provides installation as well as maintenance/emergency services. The overall broad capa-
bilities help to mitigate any operational risk or dependence on a single sector.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #58334
Comprehensive Erosion Control & Site
Preparation Services—Positioned for Growth
2019 Est. Revenue $900K | 2019 Est. EBITDA $46K

Available for acquisition is a comprehensive erosion control and site preparation services firm, providing crews and equipment to
perform site clearing, grading, grassing, fencing, erosion control and other specialty services. In addition, the Company is also a licensed
general contractor in two Southeastern states. The average project generates approximately $150,000 in revenue; however, projects can
range from $20,000 up to $700,000, depending upon the work scope and duration of the job. The Company has instituted target gross
profit margins ranging from 25% to 50%, nonetheless this can move slightly up or down depending on the scope, complexity, and size of
the work provided. The customer base mainly consists of large-scale industrial and infrastructure general contractors operating the
Southeast. The Company has developed a customer base of 30 active accounts operating the its geographic region. As a result of
repeated exceptional service, the average customer relationship has existed for over 18 years. The Company operates from two adjacent
buildings totaling 10,200 SF headquartered in the Southeast, which features office, warehouse, and shop space. The buildings are
expected to provide ample capacity to accommodate substantial growth. The Company’s staff totals 8 full-time and 4 part-time, non-
union personnel, inclusive of the shareholder. The Company is positioned to take advantage of anticipated infrastructure projects and
distinguishes itself from the market via its strong regional industry reputation, highly qualified employees, and timely project execution.
The Company enjoys a long-standing (24+ years) reputation for its focus on quality site preparation and erosion control services,
offering reliable expertise. The Company is well known for its diligence in meeting the needs of large, complex, and fast track projects.
It has an established track record and brand presence and possesses a favorable reputation for performance within its industry.
Backlog of Signed Contracts & Heavy Equipment Base

Management estimates a contract backlog of $700,000; the majority of which is projected to be realized as revenue over the next nine
months. Over its history, the Company has developed a strong asset base of construction equipment and vehicles, allowing multiple
projects to be simultaneously underway and quickly finished. Management cites a fair market value for the Company’s machinery and
equipment of over $700,000.

The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for quality work and customer service. This commitment is
represented in a strong retention rate of clients.

Client #61265
Consulting

UTILITY-FOCUSED INTEGRATED STRATEGIC #63615
MARKETING FIRM
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
This New York City based firm provides fully-integrated market research, strategy development, branding,
marketing and communications services to utility clients.
$4.5M $0.95M The Company has been very successful in establishing strong, deep and trusting relationships that it leverages
2018 Revenue 2018 Revenue to develop additional business and growth.
Clients appreciate the Company’s deep industry knowledge and its ability to seamlessly translate business
$7.5M $2.2M strategy and technical expertise into effective marketing strategies and communications campaigns. This level
of strategy to implementation oversight is particularly important in today’s markets where business models
and customer needs are continuously evolving.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
Revenue stability, exceptional margins and customer stickiness makes this a uniquely attractive opportunity.
CLIENT MARKET STATES

Alabama Maine
Arizona Massachusetts
California Michigan
Colorado Mississippi
Connecticut New Hampshire
Florida New York
Georgia North Carolina
Hawaii Ohio
Illinois South Carolina
Maine COMPANY HQ
REVENUE CAGR INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

2016 - 2019: 76% a. Sector Specific Core Competency and Focus. By leveraging its single industry The Company has a multi-
focus, the Company is better able to understand its client’s unique issues, needs disciplined team providing
and key drivers, enabling it to win business from much larger competitors. expertise in:
b. One-Stop Integrated Solutions. A full suite of upstream and downstream
EBITDA MARGIN services are provided -- from market research to business strategy
2016: -15% development, which is then translated into a branding and marketing strategy,
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT (1)
followed by a multi-year marketing and communications campaign. This end-to
2017: 8% -end solution provides the Company with a competitive advantage over many of
2018: 21% its peers.
MANAGEMENT (4)
2019P: 29% c. Innovative and Differentiated Products and Services. By injecting technology
-based solutions such as touchscreens, apps, dashboards, and UX/UI design, the
Company often wins new projects outside of a competitive bid process and is
able to bill for ongoing technology use. STRATEGIC CONSULTING (7)
FUTURE CONTRACTS d. Highly Insulated from Economic Cyclicality. Given the anti-cyclical nature of
$15M In booked revenue over the services its utility clients offer, the Company is expected to experience
CREATIVE SERVICES (6)
next 24 months significantly less financial volatility in the event of an economic downturn.
e. Significant Growth Opportunities. This sector’s marketing budget is
expected to reach $40B by 2023. Leveraging its proven reputation, the COPYWRITING (2)
RFP WIN RATE Company can readily pursue and penetrate new and existing markets.
Additionally, Digital Transformation initiatives are expected to continue to be a
The company has won over significant driver of growth in the industry which the Company is poised to TECHNOLOGY CONSULTING (3)
75% of arms-length RFP bids benefit from.

Email: mshmueli@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Mobile: 917-568-5010 OF THE YEAR T. 214-717-7494
2016 - 2017 - 2018
PROJECT MANAGEMENT &
LEADERSHIP TRAINING FIRM #62908
Southeast, US
-
Staff by Department FT PT
Training & Consulting 2
Operations 2 1 -
Clerical 1
Owner 1
Tech &
Education
8%
Engineering & Pharma &
Manufacturing Health Care
17% 36% -
Banking &
- -
Finance
18%
Insurance
21%
-
PPMC &
Other Other
Training 5%
5%
Reimbursed
Expenses
8%
-
CPM Boot
Camp Training -
82%
- - - -
- -
Industrial Hygiene and Safety Consultancy
with Remediation and Laboratory Services #58903
Eastern US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2020 Revenue
The Company provides full service industrial hygiene and safety consul ng
$2.5MM services, offering evalua on, survey, and analysis, as well as remedia on/cleanup,
and in‐house AIHA accredited laboratory services. Industrial Hygiene is the science
Proj. 2020 EBITDA and art of an cipa ng, recognizing, evalua ng, and controlling workplace
$405K condi ons that may cause worker illness or injury. Industrial hygienists use
inves ga ve techniques, job hazard analysis, exposure monitoring, and
compliance standards to evaluate the extent and circumstances of worker health and safety exposures.
Typical services include hazardous materials surveys, such as asbestos and lead inspec on; developing
technical specifica ons for remedia on; and supervising the execu on of clean‐ups.
The Company serves clients na onwide from its strategically located offices. Clients are generally
categorized as industrial/commercial, public works, schools, and other markets and specifically include
workplace sites such as pharmaceu cal, casino, chemical, petrochemical, metal fabrica on, refining and
power genera on facili es.
Services are performed and supported by 21 full‐ me and part‐ me employees with technical staff
including Cer fied Industrial Hygienists, Cer fied Safety Professionals, EPA‐trained asbestos and lead‐based
paint professionals, and other highly trained technicians.
REVENUE MIX
Diversified Customer Base. No single customer accounted for more than 6% of
annual revenue in recent history. Customers are diversified among a wide range of
industry sectors. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will
not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Recurring Revenue. Approximately 80% of business is generated from long term
clients who request services regularly, or have standing agreements that provide
monthly revenue.
CUSTOMER MARKETS
1. Industrial/Commercial 55% Accredita ons, Cer fica ons, and Qualifica ons. Unique among its compe tors,
2. Public Works 15%
3. Schools 15%
the Company has its own in‐house AIHA‐Accredited lab. The AIHA accredita on
4. Other Markets 15% significantly heightens credibility, and provides efficiencies in the project delivery
model. Also, the Company’s technical and management staff have the highest level of
industry‐specific training and cer fica ons for their respec ve fields.
EMPLOYEES
Sales—1 Strong Organiza onal Structure. The Company’s consul ng, remedia on, and lab
Remedia on—4 divisions provide a one‐stop shop source for the most common problems in asbestos,
Lab—3
Office—2 mold, and other environmental hazards. This organiza onal structure led to a
Industrial Hygiene and Safety—10 reputa on for cost‐effec ve solu ons and risk analysis, delivered with the highest
Marke ng—1 level of integrity.
Management and key employees
to remain post transac on.
Genell Boyer Genera onal Group

Senior M&A Advisor 3400 N. Central Expy | Suite
gboyer@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
100 | Richardson, TX 75080
336-486-7383 cell OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
336-893-8233 fax
ESG (Environment, Social, Governance) Reporting
and Strategy Consultancy
Headquartered in Washington, DC Metropolitan Area
The Company provides Fortune 100 and other large businesses with access to highly experienced
consultants specializing in sustainability and corporate responsibility strategy, disclosure and
communications. The Company offers four primary services including strategy; analysis; reporting and
communications; and engagement. Each service contains multiple components and options to meet a
wide variety of client needs. The majority of revenue is derived from consulting to for-profit companies,
including some of the world’s major brands and companies. The Company is currently working with four
Fortune 100 clients, an additional four in the Fortune 500 and others. The services offered are applicable
across numerous industry sectors and have recently been provided to companies within financial
services; oil and gas; food and beverage; professional services; media; utilities; technology; and others.
 Highly Specialized and Proprietary Expertise: The Company offers highly specialized expertise across its service
offerings and is able to deliver results that are transparent and accountable, while authentic and engaging. The
Company has developed proprietary tools to serve clients and respond to standards such as the Global Reporting
Initiative Standards (GRI).
 Strong Financial Position: The Company achieved impressive financial performance over the recent history. This
performance is confidently expected to continue in 2019 and onward as the Company has secured a considerable
backlog of contracts with several existing customers.
 Continuity of Management Team: The owner is willing to remain engaged in the business post-transaction, if re-
quested, to ensure seamless ownership transfer, transition relationships, and assist in continued growth.
 Woman-owned Business: Certified by Women's Business Enterprise National Council.

Tel: (301) 721-0003 Client #62768
Email: jcohen@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
ORGANIZATION IMPROVEMENT /
STAFF DEVELOPMENT FIRM #63429
Southeastern US
Sign NDA ►
2019 Revenue BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

$870K Are you looking to transition into the federal government market, expand your federal government
offerings, or desire to establish an OD/HR/Training division to complement your existing services – look
2019 Year-End no further! This firm is positioned to expand in any or all of its 3 major business lines (Organization
Contracted Effectiveness, Human Resource Management, and Training). Their established track record
Backlog acknowledges a customized, holistic consulting approach to improve organizational health and
$650K workplace culture improvements. The firm does not take a “one-size fits all” approach, but rather
assesses each client for their unique requirements and designs solutions that result in
improved performance and employee and customer satisfaction. They currently hold seven ID/IQ contracts, with periods of
performance ranging from 2-8 years, including a Best-In-Class (BIC) HCaTS award.
2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS SERVICE FOCUS 2019 REVENUE MIX

Non-Federal 7%  Improving organizational effectiveness Human
Training 37% Resources 48%
 Developing leaders and employees
• Executive coaching
• Strategic change management
• Human resource management
• Training assessment, design, and
development (classroom and
eLearning)
• Process analysis and improvement Organization
Federal 93% Development 15%
REVENUE GROWTH 2012-2020

Outstanding growth opportunities – the firm is well-positioned with reputation and
contracts to expand operations. They benefit from high rates of repeat (75%) and
referral businesses.
Superior name and reputation – the firm is known for delivering what they say they
will do. Exceptional ratings on record from federal clients where they are currently
performing 90% of their consulting projects.
Backlog – The company’s authorized backlog at the end of 2019 was
RECENT HIGHLIGHTS approximately $650,000, with another $3 million contracted awaiting obligation.
• $1.0MM in Sales
• 7 Active Multi-Year Contracts Continuity – The owner is willing to stay on and assist with
• 20% Annual Revenue Growth over 7 Years
marketing, introductions and project management, as necessary to ensure a
EMPLOYEES smooth transition.
Strategic HR—1 Well established policies and procedures – the firm has DCAA-
Admin & Business Services—2
compliant accounting system and operating protocols, and documented
Org. Development/Training—5
Owner/Consultant—1
procedures regarding business functions such as: marketing, administration,
operations, finance/accounting, and human resource management.
Owner/President willing to remain
post transaction.

New York, NY 10017
Mobile: 470-990-0160 OF THE YEAR Fax: 972-392-8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Full-Service Architectural and Interior Design
Firm #63574
Florida
Sign NDA ►

1.3MM Founded in 1990, the Company is registered as a S-Corporation in
Florida. This is a well-established architectural firm serving its clientele
2019 Est EBITDA
and the surrounding counties with an expertise on an extensive array
$115K of project typologies. Their team has a reputation for innovative
design solutions, combined with a proven project management
system. The Company offers clients the best architectural services available -- creativity
combined with effective management. The Company maintains excellent relationships with
its clients. Commercial projects constitute approximately 35% of the Company’s revenue,
while the remaining is comprised of government (21%), religious (27%), education (14%), and
animal care (3%). The Company offers excellent service quality to clients, which drives word-
of-mouth referrals and repeat business from customers. Historically, the Company received a
large portion of its sales through repeat business, which is responsible for generating
approximately 89% of total revenue. The primary means for expanding its customer base are
the Company’s outstanding reputation, and positive word-of-mouth referrals from existing
clients. Two shareholders are supported by 6 full-time employees. Management indicates
that current personnel can facilitate planned growth.

Diversified Service Offering: The Company generates revenue from
Government, Commercial, Religious, Education and Animal Care projects. The
diverse range of design service offerings allow for a more steady and reliable
cash flow across various market cycles and brings a measure of stability even
through volatile times.
Not Highly-Dependent on Current Ownership: The Company's management
is structured optimally with highly-qualified and reliable personnel such that it
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS can run well without ownership’s presence.
 $1MM in Sales
 89% Rate of Repeat Business. Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for 15% or more
of revenue during 2018. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the
EMPLOYEES Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Accounting—1
Strong Client Relationships: The Company has built an extensive customer
Marketing—1
Architects—4 list and good industry relationships since its inception. The customer base is
Owners—2 loyal, which allows the Company to save marketing costs that competitors
must foot, both in acquiring new customers and in obtaining repeat business
Management and key employees to from existing customers.

Senior M & A Advisor 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
239-231-3069 INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
mdieckmann@generational.com OF THE YEAR Fax: 972-392-8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Education

Highly Profitable Children’s
Day Camp Opera on
Located in Major Northeast US City
Est. 2019 Revenue $6.8 Million I Est.2019 EBITDA $1.6 Million (23.4%)
The Company operates summer and holiday camps for children aged 3.5 to 15 with mul ple loca ons in a major
Northeast US city. During the summer, the Company offers tradi onal outdoor camp programs, a travel camp, a
sports program, and a performing arts program. The Company provides holiday camps whenever school is out.
 A rac ve Market Demographic: The Company’s service area is characterized by a growing popula on of affluent
families with children in the targeted age range.
 Consistent Growth: The Company has historically achieved sales steady growth and consistently posi ve cash flow
(EBITDA > 20%). The business model is highly capital efficient and requires minimal working capital or fixed assets.
 Recession Resistant Model: The Company offers a cost‐effec ve alterna ve for working parents desiring high‐quality
a er school and summer supervised ac vity for their children. Demand for the Company’s camps has remained
strong through economic cycles.
 Easy‐To‐Replicate, Standardized Growth Formula: The Company has established high standards for staff, high qual‐
ity programs for its campers, and superior logis cs and transport systems. These proven programs and documented
systems could be established in any urban environment or be seamlessly integrated into an exis ng opera on.
Frank Folz, Managing Director M&A

Tel: (214) 862‐2316 Fax: (972) 392‐8538 Client #62575
Email: ffolz@genera onal.com www.Genera onal.com I www.DealForce.com
hereof acknowledges that Genera onal Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Genera‐
Established Child Development Services
Early Intervention, Intake & Case Management
Headquartered in South Carolina
The Company is a provider of early intervention and case management services. The Company’s purpose is to help
children with developmental delays. Not all of the children served are developmentally disabled – some just need
some extra developmental help with speech or physical functions. The Company’s products and services include:
Early Intervention, Intake, Case Management to name a few. The Company hosts presentations at pediatrician
offices and daycares and offers free screenings for developmental delays, and it follows up with referrals. Current
revenue generation is based on repeat customers, referrals, and exceptional industry reputation. The Company is
well-positioned for continued growth and success.
• Management Will Remain through Transition: The Shareholder is willing to stay with the Company during a
transition period in order to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership
• Employee Quality: Management has reported that the Company is successful at finding the right people, and
then those employees are incentivized to deliver excellent service to clients Proprietary Expertise
• Excellent Operations and Company Structure: The Company’s operations carry a very low level of overhead, and
structure is greatly helped by it’s employees meeting the patients at various community centers and the patients’
homes
• Proprietary Expertise: In addition to the principals’ extensive experience in the industry, many of key employees
and managers have long histories in the industry

Tel: (678) 646-6704Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #63741
Electronics

Naval Command & Control
System Provider #63695
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Founded in 2000, this New England based firm designs, develops,
$5.3M manufactures, integrates, and delivers sophisticated communication,
2020 REVENUE (PROJ)
control, and monitoring technologies used in launching and recovering
helicopters and Joint Strike Fighters for the US Navy and Coast Guard. Their
$750K+ Machinery Control System (MCS) software and hardware technology has
been installed onboard more than 70 ships and land-based pilot training
2020 EBITDA (PROJ) fields to control flight deck equipment for the US Navy. In addition, the US
Navy has recently committed to install these systems onboard all Navy and
Coast Guard (as well as Foreign Military Sales) ships with expectations of
2019 REVENUE BY more than 200 future installations.
CUSTOMER MARKET Growth and success will continue to be driven by 20 year Small Business
Innovative Research (SBIR) Phase III protected data rights, superior
software development, high-quality innovative products and services,
industry reputation, technical support staff, and strong customer
relationships.
The Company is a prime contractor for entities in the Department of
Defense and commercial defense contractors throughout the United States.
Since 2005, they have been awarded over $34 million in Phase III contracts
used in supporting NAVSEA and NAVAIR customers.
INCOME STATEMENT INVESTMENT APPEAL

PROJECTION ($000K)
Outstanding Leverage Opportunities: The US Navy has committed to
installing the Company’s systems and equipment onboard all Air Capable
Ships in the US Fleet to include all USCG vessels and JSF-35 aircraft land-
based training airfields. This offers a unique opportunity to use the
Company’s developed technology, fleet wide installed equipment base, and
strong customer relationships to leverage Acquirer’s technology and
products that support flight deck operations, via direct introduction to high
level NAVAIR and NAVSEA customers and decision-makers. Acquirer’s new
products and technology can be tested with and integrated into the
EMPLOYEES FT / PT Company’s High Fidelity Flight Deck Control System Integration Laboratory,
Owner 1 - resulting in Acquirer’s ability to offer products with seamless shipboard
Engineering 8 4 installation. Further, the Company brings more than 15 years of experience
Manufacturing 4 - in delivering compliant NAVAIR/NAVSEA formatted technical
documentation, which brings significant benefit to the Acquirer.
G&A 5 1
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
AUDIOVISUAL, THEATRICAL SYSTEMS DESIGNER
#63266
AND INSTALLER (NORTHEAST, US)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA In business since 1994, the company is a one-stop, A/V design, integration specialist and stage-lighting
provider that coordinates theatrical, audiovisual, broadcast, and show production systems with data
networks, security systems, electrical infrastructure, and interior finishes.
$6.75M $660K
The company brings a distinctive set of capabilities to the marketplace, enabling it to address uniquely
demanding projects. Its business model emphasizes exceptional client service and flexibility,
communication, and safety on the jobsite. The company handles all sales, design, installation, and service
$7.00M $686K of audio, video, digital signage, and stage lighting and is often called on to design, fabricate, and refine
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA existing systems as well as to design build new systems.
(PROJ) (PROJ) As a recognized leader in complete systems integration, the company works with leaders in digital cinema
technology. It serves various commercial market segments, theatre, and education and has three major
revenue-generating divisions that include installations, box sales, service and repairs.
DIVERSIFIED CUSTOMERS
87%

Connecticut 80%
a. Brand Recognition: The company is recognized for its long‐term presence in the industry. It has a
New York 12%
very strong position and expertise in regional markets and derives much of its business from
Massachusetts 8%
consultant-driven specification as a preferred vendor as well as new projects with existing clients.
2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS Word of mouth references have been major contributors to growth and sustainability since school
Educational 65% and university A/V departments consult with one another and share which companies do the best
Box Sales 15% work.
Theatre 10% b. Dealer Installer: The company sells and installs almost all products used in the A/V world. Many
Casino & Gambling 8% vendors in the industry are turning toward distributors, and the company has allied with those
Corporate 2% distributors to get equipment at favorable terms. They are also the sole distributor for several brands
within the East and Northeast regions.
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS
Customer A (2012) 50% c. Geographic Expansion: The company currently is declining invitations to bid on other geographic
Customer B (2011) 13% markets. With a small satellite office supported by the headquarters in Connecticut to build and ship
Customer C (2018) 8% systems, the company could accept many of these invitations. Management believes that there is
Customer D (2011) 7% significant growth potential for service projects within the medical industry, which have historically
generated more profit than any other sector.
REVENUE SOURCE d. Marketing and Sales Development: The company plans additional marketing to expand its
Installations 88% footprint in the following large markets: Corporate, 4G Medical A/V, Stadium and Coliseum,
Box Sales 11% Transportation Hubs (airports, trains stations) and Convention Centers.
Maintenance 1%

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
Low Voltage Security Control Equipment &
Systems Contractor #63630
Southeastern US
Sign NDA ►

$3.0MM
2019 Est EBITDA
Founded in 2001, the Company is a privately-owned low voltage
$626K contractor servicing the commercial and residential markets.
The Company specializes in home automation, audio/video,
entry access, camera systems, security systems, and more. The
Company’s mission is to provide complete integrated solutions that will meet any
budget. The Company offers a wide array of products and services and is an
authorized dealer of many of the industry’s most known and trusted brands.
Installations include all types of low voltage systems, from simple burglar alarms to
complex integrated home automation systems. The Company also offers low-voltage
project management, system design and service on existing systems. Several
opportunities exist for the Company to significantly increase revenue and profit,
including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new
and existing markets. These opportunities are easily attainable given the
appropriate investments in capital and human resources.

Superior Name and Reputation: The Company enjoys a long-standing reputation
for the quality of its products and services, expertise, dependability, and superior
customer support. The Company’s reputation in the industry is the result of
conducting business with a philosophy that is supported by professionals,
principals, values, and ethics. As a result, the majority of the Company’s business is
from repeat business and referrals.
Management Will Remain through Transition: The officers are willing to remain
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS through the transition period, and would entertain remaining with new
 $2.8MM in Sales management for a longer period of time on a consultancy basis. Additionally, all
 80% Rate of Repeat Business key employees will be available to remain with new ownership beyond the sale of
the company.
EMPLOYEES Strong Management Team: The Company’s management team has a tremendous
Programmers—2 amount of experience installing security and sound systems. The Company’s
Technicians—7
management team is focused on providing quality, timely, and cost-effective
Sales—1
Owners—3
products, coupled with proactive and responsive customer service .
Brand-Name Products: The Firm represents many of the leading manufacturers in
Management and key employees to the industry, which enables it to meet the high-end needs of its clientele.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Power Semiconductor and Electronic
Components Distributor #62712
Eastern US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company distributes a variety of power electronic components
$12MM
including power semi‐conductors, power capacitors, sensors, power
Proj. 2019 EBITDA resistors, gate drivers, and spare parts. The Company distributes
$412K products to the transporta on, industrial, power genera on/
distribu on, pulsed power, and military/government markets primarily
in the United States and Canada.
Specific power semi‐conductors include IGBT and diode dies; thyristors; diodes, GTOs; IGCTs,
and IGBT modules. Specific power capacitors include power electronic, energy storage liquid
cooled, induc on hea ng, and over voltage protec on capacitors. Specific sensors include
hall effect sensors for industrial and trac on markets; voltage sensors and voltage detectors.
Specific gate drivers include plug‐and‐play and core IGBT and MOSFET drivers and IGBT’s and
SiC devices.
The Company sources high‐quality electronic products from a variety of vendors, resul ng in
superior quality and longevity of products. The Company has a longstanding history of
collabora on and excellent business rela onships with its vendors.

Brand‐Name Products. The Company represents many of the leading
manufacturers in the industry, which enables it to meet the high‐end needs
of its customers. Furthermore, with a wide selec on of inventory, the
Company is well posi oned to fulfill various customer requests.
Management Willing to Remain through Transi on. Ownership is willing
to remain through a transi on period or longer, in order to preserve
opera onal cohesiveness. Addi onally, all key employees will likely be
available to remain with new ownership beyond the sale of the company.
CUSTOMER MARKETS Significant Growth Opportuni es. Several opportuni es exist for the
Company to significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging
its proven reputa on to pursue and penetrate new and exis ng markets.
Specifically, the Company could use its current vendor and customer
connec ons to expand geographically to Mexico, La n, and South America.
Addi onally, management believes the Company could rapidly benefit from
expanding its product offering to generate addi onal revenue from new and
exis ng accounts.
Pete Pryor Genera onal Group

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Wholesale Supplier of Electrical Products
Serving Commercial & Industrial Clients
Located in Florida
Available for acquisition is a value-added supplier of electrical products and components primarily
serving commercial and industrial clients. The company’s offerings include residential, commercial and
industrial lighting, wire, conduit and cable tray, panelboards, switchgear and transformers used for the
generation, transmission and distribution of electric energy. The company has a highly diversified mix of
clientele serving many industries. Industries serviced in 2018 include: industrial electrical contractors,
commercial electrical contractors, residential electrical contractors, power generating plants, mechanical,
A/C and heating contractors.
 Ability to quickly adopt new technology: Electrical products experience rapid gains in technological innovation,
which leads the Company to stay abreast of new technology and stock products. The Company also uses its
knowledge by providing technical support and advice for the best way to use products
 Strong Historical and Base Year Sales Growth: From 2017 to 2018 Fiscal Year the company grew by 25.3% and
it is projected to grow another 16.1% during the fiscal year of 2019. The interim revenue through 11 months of
2019, fiscal year ending March 31, 2019 supports the base year projection
 Strong Net Working Capital: The Company’s unadjusted current ratio was 2.1 on March 31, 2018. Ratios above
1.0 generally indicate strength in a firm’s ability to meet short-term obligations

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #54132
ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY #63424
SYSTEM INTEGRATOR AND INSTALLATION
Northeastern US
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Founded in 1981, The Company designs, develops, implements, and services security systems for commercial and
ins tu onal establishments. In 2019, revenue was generated by locksmith (44%), access control (28%), security camera
$2.3M $281K (25%), and safes (3%).
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA The Company is par cularly known for access control (both hardware and so ware) systems design and
installa on, security system network integra on, camera surveillance and alarm control panel design, installa on and
monitoring as well as sensing device integra on.
$2.4M $333K Overall, with superior custom‐tailored security solu ons, strong customer rela onships, long‐standing reputa on custom‐
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA tailored systems, and solid management team, the Company is well‐posi oned for growth.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
The Company primarily serves property management (30% of 2019 revenue), retail and automo ve (28%), financial
ins tu ons (20%), senior housing (12%), and retail (10%). The Company maintains an ac ve database of 2,000 customers
and, in which 70% of revenue is derived from recurring customers. The Company’s established customer base is a strong asset that contributes to stability, and
presents opportuni es for revenue growth.
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Opera onal
Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 5% of revenue during the historical period. The diversified customer base helps
ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Superior Name and Reputa on: The Company enjoys a long‐standing (38+ years) reputa on for industry exper se, knowledgeable staff, and recurring customer
base.
Outstanding Growth Opportuni es: Several opportuni es exist for the Company to significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the
Company’s proven reputa on to pursue and penetrate new and exis ng markets by upda ng legacy systems originally provided by compe tors and capturing
addi onal revenue from exis ng customers that are expanding opera ons and adding physical entry points through ini a ng a sales and marke ng team and
geographic expansion. These opportuni es are easily a ainable given the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.
 Regulatory environment strongly favoring the Company
 HIPAA and banking regula ons are driving health care ins tu ons and banks to increase security expenditures
 HIPAA health care informa on privacy requirements are ghtening further
 ADA rules driving demand for handicapped accessibility and resident monitoring
 Banking informa on privacy expanding with growth of financial informa on
 Current environment of threatened mass shoo ngs and terrorism is driving companies, schools, hospitals and places of assembly to control and
monitor employees, students and visitors far more carefully
 Escala ng demand for mobile security monitoring and control favors the Company’s capability
 Demands wireless networking and remote monitoring exper se
 Requires systems integra on capability that protects network security
Financial
Income Statement
2017 to 2019 Revenue CAGR 2017 to 2019 EBIT CAGR
13.5% 45.9%
Industry Forecast
Revenue Growth: Revenue (in current dollars) for US inves ga on and inves ga on and security services is forecast to grow at an annual compound rate of
5% between 2019 and 2023. (Data Published: August 2019). Increasing focus on physical and informa on security, combined with a regulatory environment that
is eleva ng security compliance standards (e.g.HIPAA regula ons), is further driving demand.
New Monitoring Products: Affordable integrated monitoring systems now include devices that measure environmental factors, such as humidity and quality
of air and water. Such systems are inexpensive enough for general commercial and industrial use. Other devices can monitor a wide array of items, and can alert
service personnel when maintenance is needed.
Remote Access: New wireless technologies are enabling users to monitor and control security systems remotely. Users are able to access advanced security
systems through mobile devices such as smartphones, laptops, and tablets through high‐speed internet connec ons. Companies that offer remote access have a
significant compe ve advantage, especially when targe ng knowledgeable ins tu onal customers.

New York, NY 10017
Mobile: 646‐643‐0091 OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018

Energy

NATIONAL CLEAN ENERGY SOLUTIONS
CONSULTING FIRM
#62038
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in the mid-1990s and headquartered in the Northeast, the Company has eight offices strategically
located in states that are leading the clean energy revolution. The Company’s customer base and operations
$15.2M $2.4M are national in scope, with some strategically important clients also located in Canada, allowing it to easily
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA expand into new geographic markets.
The Company focuses on clean energy markets, offering clients innovative ideas to improve energy
$16.6M $2.9M efficiency, maximize economic performance, and minimize environmental impacts. The Company provides
technical expertise, quality assurance, and functions as a trusted advisor to utility, state and municipal
program administrators. The company has completed numerous technical, program planning,
(PROJ) (PROJ)
implementation, research, and evaluation projects addressing clean technology, efficiency, and distributed
energy resources.
The company has developed proprietary tools for estimating energy projects performance which allows for identification of end-use customers. Its
data solutions include the latest visualization and analysis software tools, allowing them to continually outpace their competitors.
DIVERSIFIED, NATIONAL UTILITY & INTERNATIONAL ENTITY CLIENTS
87%
GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

New York 54% Experienced Management Team. The Company’s team of experienced professionals is creative,
Massachusetts 15% innovative and always ready to answer questions and resolve a client’s concerns. Staff turnover is
Maine 12% extremely low; recent independent surveys reveal very high employee satisfaction levels and a thriving
California 8% work culture. Most importantly, the staff are engaged, providing customers with exceptional solutions.
Connecticut 6% Strategic Contracting. The Company has a successful strategic approach to contracting, acting as the
Canada 1% prime contractor for most efforts, but also teaming with other quality, recognized firms in the clean
Other States 4% energy industry. The Company is growing and is confident in continuing to play the lead role on key
strategic projects resulting from the newly enhanced, proactive marketing efforts.
REVENUE SOURCES Market Placements. The Company can readily grow through enhancing its role with major existing energy
Engineering & Tech. Assist 35% program clients (NYSERDA, National Grid, Eversource, California PUC, and many other utilities) and key
Evaluation Services 33% end-use customers. The Company recently expanded geographic coverage adding contracts in multiple
Outreach & Implementation 32% Canadian provinces and U.S. states with increased clean energy goals and funding.
Expanding Market. The energy consulting market is expanding to include the rapidly-growing clean
energy industry that encompasses much more than just efficiency and demand management. Budgets for
CUSTOMER MARKETS renewables, distributed generation, energy storage, strategic electrification and other greenhouse gas
Utilities 57% reduction strategies are growing exponentially, with the Company positioned as a leading participant in
State Govt. & Municipalities 42% these markets. The Company is at the forefront of program innovation efforts that are supporting
Direct & Other Clients 1% dramatic new policy goals addressing climate change including electric vehicles, energy storage, and
distributed clean energy.

E: abehjati@generational.com New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 INVESTMENT BANK T. 212-381-7650
OF THE YEAR
M. 203-945-8919 2016 - 2017 - 2018 F. 203-738-1100
Generator Sales, Service &
Rental Company #61713
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA Founded in 2003, this is a full-service stand-by power and electrical
contracting company that sells and rents as well as installs and services
$2.1M back-up power generators.
2019 REVENUE (PROJ) The Company has a diversified market base that includes residential,
commercial, government, hospital and contractor customers, with no
$450+ K customer contributing more than 15% revenue.
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) Their product line includes many well-known manufacturers including
Generac, Kohler, Cummins, GE, Briggs & Stratton, Honda, Honeywell and
others. Products include portable, residential and commercial generators.
2018 REVENUE BY SOURCE 2018 REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHY
NY 11%
MA 84%
CT 3%
OTHER 2%
EMPLOYEES FT / PT INVESTMENT APPEAL

Owner 1 -
Sales 1 -
Superior Name and Reputation: In business since 2003, the Company has
Electrical 2 1
built an impressive reputation for service and reliability in performance
over its 16+ years in business.
Generator 3 -
Office 3 - Strong Client Relationships: The top five customers in 2018 have been
doing business with the Company an average of 12 years each.
2018 KEY CUSTOMERS Significant Growth Opportunities. The Company has a stable base to
1. 14% 4. 2%
2. 4% 5. 2% support revenue expansion. The Company has the ability to grow
3. 3% geographically, by adding complementary services and by staff.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Engineering

DATA CENTER TECHNICAL ADVISORY, OWNER
REPRESENTATIVE, PROJECT MANAGEMENT FIRM #62049
Northeastern US
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company provides technical advisory and project management services on a specialized
$8.4M $1.6M basis for data center projects. The Company has had deep penetra on into data‐center growth
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA sectors including:
 Socialmedia and technology  Telecom and networking services providers
$9.0M $1.8M  Co‐loca on providers  Healthcare and commercial enterprise/content providers
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA  Financial ins tu ons  Cloud, IT Services and Co‐loca on providers
(PROJ) (PROJ)
During 2019, the Company’s customer markets were Social Media (50% of sales), Data Center
Co‐Loca on (25%), Financial (15%), Non‐Profit (5%), and other industry segments (5%).
COMPLETED CUSTOMER PROJECTS
2019 GEOGRAPHIC INVESTMENT APPEAL

MARKETS Mission‐Cri cal Technical Advisory and Project Management Services:
New York  SiteSelec on  Project
Management
New Jersey  Planning and Design  Commissioning Support
Oregon Mission Cri cal Infrastructure Planning and Delivery Specializa on

Ohio Support Mission Cri cal Infrastructure Development for All Key Technology Ini a ves. IoT,
California Ar ficial Intelligence, 5G, Cloud Access, Cybersecurity
Virginia Superior Name and Reputa on. The Company has successfully served its customers for over 20
years, and during this period has earned a superior reputa on for its industry knowledge, quality of
Nebraska
work, customer service and consul ng exper se.
Iowa
Strong Customer Rela onships. The Company has strong client rela onships based on industry
Washington exper se and excellent customer service. Evidence of these rela onships is shown in the 80%+ of
Canada business coming from repeat business.
Ireland North America Reach. The Company serves clients across the US, as well as Canada and Mexico.
Denmark Interna onal Presence. The Company is presently serving interna onal clients in Ireland,
Denmark and LATAM
LATAM
New Growth Ini a ves. Healthcare, Higher Educa on, Ar ficial Intelligence, Smart Ci es

Managing Director M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Phone: 646‐643‐0091 OF THE YEAR T. 214‐717‐7494
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Established Multi-Disciplined Engineering
Consulting Firm
Civil, Structural & Construction Inspection—Florida
2020 Revenue $8.0 million I 2020 EBITDA $1.7 million
The Company is a multi-discipline engineering consulting firm specializing in civil, structural, and construction
inspection services exclusively in Florida. The Company’s principal focus is in the transportation sector, specifically
roadway and bridge design and construction inspection services. The majority of revenue is generated from a mix
of the Company’s product offerings, which include Construction Engineering Inspection, Highway Design, Bridge/
Structure Design and Bridge Inspection. The Company offers excellent service quality to clients, which drives
repeat business from customers. Historically, the Company received a large portion of its sales through repeat
business, which is responsible for generating approximately 100% of total revenue from year-to-year.
• Management Will Remain through Transition: The Shareholder is willing to stay with the Company during a
transition period in order to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership
• Low Employee Turnover: The Company has a low turnover, which is a signal of efficiencies and alignment within
the Company
• Facilities will Support Pro Forma Growth: The facilities and resources are not currently at capacity, so future
growth will be supported by the current facilities and assets on hand
• Strong Earnings: The Company has experienced strong growth in EBIT, from $1,078,000 in 2017 to $1,498,000 in
2019, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17.9%. EBIT represented 20.3% of sales in 2019

Tel: (678) 646-6704Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #63694
Fire Sprinkler Contractor - Designs and Installs in
Commercial (65%) and Residential (30%) Bldgs
Headquartered in the Mid-Atlantic Area, U.S.
Est. 2020 Revenue $3,200,000 I Est. 2020 EBITDA $1,630,000
The Company provides high-quality work and service which results in its rehiring and referred
business. It generates revenues through two related processes as it designs and installs fire
protection systems. The majority of its revenue is derived from repeat business from its
commercial clients, which results in reliable and predictable annual revenue and profit streams.
The Company’s many long-tenured technicians are cross-trained and exposed to all facets of the
trade, increasing their competencies and efficiencies. This turnkey operation has ample growth
opportunity to expand beyond its local geographical service area. With the construction of a
company website, hiring of a sales team, and with the benefit of a greater strategic plan, the
Company could substantially increase its market share and gross revenue.
• Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has a long-standing reputation for providing quality design and installa-
tion services which is demonstrated by its 80% rate of repeat business.
• Proprietary Expertise: In business for over 30+ years, many key employees have significant industry and product
knowledge. This wealth of experience and expertise provides the Company with a significant intangible asset and ad-
vantage over many of its competitors.
• Net Income Margin Above Industry Benchmark: The Company has maintained exceptional net income profit margins,
reaching 51% in 2019, outperforming the industry average of 14.4%.

Tel: (301) 721-0003 Client #62631
Email: jcohen@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Licensed Architectural Design Services

Available for acquisition is a licensed architectural design firm with expertise in all components of modern urban centers including retail,
hospitality, office, multi-family, entertainment, and higher-learning facilities. Revenue is generated approximately from design (20%), design
development/pricing documents (20%), permit drawings (20%), construction documents (20%), and construction administration (20%). The
Company primarily serves the retail market (71% of 2017 revenue) as well as mixed-use office/retail/multi-family (22%), and office (1%). Most
recently, the Company completed projects in North Carolina and South Carolina (44%), Tennessee (25%), Florida and Georgia (15%), Maryland
(11%), and Virginia (4%). Management estimates that 80% of its business comes from repeat clients or referrals from those clients. The
Company goes a long way to ensure clients are happy and feel they are being heard. This often requires extra efforts that are not necessarily
paid for, but the success of these efforts speaks for itself. The Company differentiates itself in the market as a design-oriented boutique
architect specializing in retail and mixed-use oriented projects, offering master planning, architectural design, and interiors. Clients appreciate
the firm’s direct partner involvement and better service value (without sacrificing quality) compared to larger firms. All employees work on
the 3D CAD program REVIT. The Company excels in winning design themes for challenging projects such as those going through high-profile
rezoning.
Recast Historical and Pro Forma Statement of Income ($000)

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
Sales 1,773 1,414 2,109 1,330 2,100 2,200 2,300 2,400 2,500
% Growth -- -20.2% 49.1% -36.9% 57.9% 4.8% 4.5% 4.3% 4.2%
Gross Profit 1,411 1,177 1,535 1,044 1,648 1,727 1,805 1,884 1,962
% of Sales 79.6% 83.3% 72.8% 78.5% 78.5% 78.5% 78.5% 78.5% 78.5%
EBITDA 749 441 628 123 693 737 780 824 866
% of Sales 42.3% 31.2% 29.8% 9.2% 33.0% 33.5% 33.9% 34.3% 34.6%
Superior Reputation & Nationally-Recognized Expertise
Founded in 2008, the Company has established itself as a leading boutique architectural design firm serving many notable clients in multiple
states. The Company excels in retail and mixed-use architecture. The firm is recognized not only for its high-visibility projects in its local
market, but also for being among the premier retail and mixed-use architects in the nation. Between 2015 and 2017, the Company worked
on projects located in seven states.
The Company has many long-standing client relationships and a high rate of repeat business. The top five clients in 2017 have relationships
dating back to 1987 at the earliest and 2008 at the most recent, representing an average of over 16 years each.
Historical Sales Growth & Superior Earnings
Revenue grew overall at a 9.1% CAGR between 2015 and 2017. Furthermore, the Company’s 29.8% pre-tax profit margin achieved in 2017
was well above the 9.7% industry benchmarks for companies of its size.

Client #62233
CIVIL ENGINEERING AND DESIGN FIRM #63767
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This Company is a 20-year-old civil engineering firm regionally recognized for outstanding work for many high-
profile clients. The Company focuses on industrial and commercial projects in the Carolina region and
surrounding states. It provides a healthy mix of consulting and engineering design for projects such as
$1.5M $500K roadway improvement, stormwater mitigation, landscape design, and commercial real estate development.
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA The Company enjoys an A-rated reputation in the industry and works with a wide range of clients throughout
the South East. No single client accounts for more than 15% of the revenue, and approximately 68% of their
work comes from repeat business.
$1.7M $540K Growth opportunities abound for this company as it sits in one of the fastest-growing regions in the country.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA Local sources for the area point to low inventories and high demand for both commercial and residential
(proj) (proj) development. With a current backlog of work, The Company projects that it will exceed the $1.7M revenue
projection for 2020.
2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 REVENUE MIX
2019 TOP CUSTOMERS BY REV INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

Customer 1 15% a. Local and regional growth: The eastern region is showing
X 1
Customer 2 9% tremendous growth for the industry and is expected to continue for ADMINISTRATIVE
Customer 3 8% the next several years. Current workload and backlog point to an
opportunity to expand well beyond the Company’s current location. X
4
Customer 4 6% ENGINEERING
Customer 5 5% b. Strong earnings: The Company has experienced strong growth in

EBIT, from $227 thousand in 2017 to $493 thousand in 2019, X 2
SPECIALTY SERVICES INCLUDE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
representing a compound annual growth rate of 47%.
Design Development
c. Diversified customer industries: The Company serves diversified
Landscape Design
client markets including industrial, residential, retail, office, and
Rezoning
restaurant sectors.
Roadway Improvement
d. Management will remain through transition: Ownership is
Schematic Design
interested and willing to remain with the Company after a transaction
Storm Water Mitigation
to facilitate an orderly transition to new ownership and, as
CUSTOMER RETENTION RATE appropriate, assist in achieving long-term strategic growth objectives.
2019 68%

New York, NY 10017
M. 704-840-8390 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Privately Owned Engineering Consulting Firm
Florida
#63562
Sign NDA ►

1.4MM
2020 Est EBITDA Founded in 1990, the Company is a privately-owned
$293K architectural/engineering consulting firm located in Florida. The
Company provides structural, and architectural consulting for
commercial, and residential development, as well as structural inspection for
historical buildings, educational institutions, and government entities. Architectural
talents vary from doing site planning to working on new projects, interior design,
and historical projects. The construction management team works on bidding and
cost estimation for new projects. The Company operates through four major internal
profit centers: engineering consulting (35% of sales), architectural consulting (30%),
building inspections (20%), project management (10%), and historical preservation
(5%). Several opportunities exist for the Company to significantly increase revenue
and profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and
penetrate new and existing markets. These opportunities are easily attainable given
the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.

Strong Management Team: The Company’s management team has a
tremendous amount of experience in architectural/structural engineering.
Since being founded in 1990, the Company has completed 100+ projects, is
registered in 4 states, and has several areas of expertise. The Company's
management team is focused on providing quality, timely, and cost-effective
services, coupled with proactive and responsive customer service.
Strong Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS clients and its reputation for quality work and client service. Evidence of these
 $1.2MM in Sales
 80% Rate of Repeat Business. relationships is shown in the 80% rate of repeat business, as well as the fact
 55 Active Accounts that 90% of revenue is from referral-based business. The Company's top five
clients have been working with the Company from a minimum of 12 years to a
EMPLOYEES
Architecture—3
high of 30 years.
Structural—2 Management Will Remain through Transition: The officer is willing to remain
Civil—2
through the transition period, and would entertain remaining with new
Development/Inspection—3
Office—2 management for a longer period of time on a consultancy basis. Additionally,
Management and key employees to all key employees will be available to remain with new ownership beyond the
remain post transaction. sale of the company.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Full-Service Architectural Firm
Serving Commercial Clients
With roots dating back to 1933, the Company is a full-service architectural firm that serves commercial
clients with excellence. The Company offers a wide array of renovation and new construction services,
including master planning, concept development, site selection, schematic design, budget development,
construction documents, green sustainable facility design, construction cost estimating, construction
administration, and other architectural solutions. Project types include professional offices, military, and
churches, amongst a wide variety of differing projects. The company has expertise in commercial,
religious, federal, municipal and institutional projects, and has a proven track record of client satisfaction
as evidenced in their 75% rate of repeat business.
 Qualifications: The Company’s structure, design capabilities, broad market presence, and integrated management
systems are designed to provide clients with interdisciplinary architectural solutions. Project fees range in size
from less than $30,000 to over $600,000; project construction costs range from $300,000 to $12 million
 Green Building Design: The Company has LEED AP architects on staff with experience in providing LEED
design services. The International Code Council is developing stricter energy efficiency compliance codes that will
be released during the next code cycle. The Company intends to capitalize on this market segment during the pro
forma period
 Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has strong ties to clients due to its industry expertise and excel-
lent customer service. More specifically, the Company’s database includes 150 commercial and government sector
customers

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #58796
Engineering and Construction
Administration Services #62755
Northeastern US
—
—
—
—
·
-
-
·
–
- - - -
- -
Technical Engineering Company
Specializing in Undersea Sensors and Artificial Intelligence
Headquartered in Southeastern US
2018 Est Revenue $1.9 Million I 2018 Est EBITDA $170 Thousand
Founded in 1992, the firm is a technical engineering company providing solutions and support for the U.S. Navy and
industry with its unique knowledge of undersea acoustics in complex marine environments. The Company’s state-of-
the-art technology is ideally suited to support autonomous operations for unmanned maritime systems. As a leader in
autonomous sensor technology, the company’s technology has been developed and deployed in support of the United
States Navy’s autonomous Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) and mining operations. The company’s technology is
employed on unmanned undersea vehicles (UUVs) for improved situational awareness, deterring collisions and enemy
detection. The company’s automated technology also supports marine mammal mitigation, abundance and density
estimates as well as the distribution of marine mammals in the world’s oceans.
 Proprietary Product Technology: The Company holds the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) data rights
on all technology that is developed for the United States Navy.
 Backlog of Signed Contracts: The Company’s backlog is estimated to be $1.5 million. More importantly, The
Company has been awarded eight Small Business Innovative Research (SBIR) contracts across several technology
areas with values up to 25 million dollars per contract without having to be completed.
 High Barriers to Entry: Due to the industry's competitive nature, it requires significant investment in research and
development and high fixed capital costs to produce quality navigational, measuring and control instruments. The
industry has a high level of technological change, which can hinder the entry of new operators. Operators must
also be able to comply with government regulation to successfully enter the industry.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #61957
Email: bdewitt@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Multi-Disciplined
#62262
Design Consultancy
Mid-Atlantic Region US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company offers in architecture, interior design, space planning,
$2.3MM
environmental graphics and signage design, and donor recogni on
Proj. 2019 EBITDA design/build exper se. It specializes in planning and design of
$141K spaces, places, wayfinding, and recogni on for the people that
envision and support these environments. In 2018, revenue was
derived from interior design and space planning (40% of sales), donor recogni on design/
build (35%), environmental graphics and signage (15%), and architectural design (10%).
The Company primarily serves corporate headquarters and tenants (50% of 2018 sales)
and healthcare (40%) customer markets, as well as educa on (5%) and hospitality (5%). It
currently serves approximately 300+/‐ or ac ve/recurring projects, with approximately
60% being repeat clients.
The Company operates from a 10,590‐square foot headquarters which includes an
extensive material resource library, conference rooms, and mul ple team worksta ons
that contain technology to support design services. It also operates a nearby 4,800‐square
foot fabrica on facility which is equipped to produce the Company’s donor recogni on
and display designs.
PRIMARY GEOGRAPHIC INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

MARKETS Longstanding Opera ng History: Founded over five decades ago, the
Company has established itself as a leading architecture and interior
design firm, serving many notable clients.
Na onally‐recognized Niche Exper se: The Company excels in space
planning, wayfinding, graphics and signage design, and donor recogni on
design/build.
Strong Client Rela onships: The Company has many longstanding client
rela onships and a high rate of repeat business. The top two clients in
2018 have been clients since 1995 and 1985, respec vely, collec vely
EMPLOYEES contribu ng 18% to 22% of total revenue between 2016 and 2018.
Interior Designer—6
Graphic Design—2 Mul ‐State Reach: Between 2016 and 2018, 95% of revenue was
Exhibit Builder—3
Architects—2
generated from client projects in nine states.
Administra ve—3
Owners—6 Reviewed Financial Statements: The Company’s financials are reviewed
Management and key employees to annually by an independent accoun ng firm, increasing their credibility
remain post transac on.
and reliability.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Environmental

ENVIRONMENTAL AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
#63111
FIRM (NEW JERSEY)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1996, this New Jersey-headquartered environmental and waste management company operates three
major business lines, industrial services, remediation, waste management and special waste services.
The Company’s clients include industrial manufacturing and packaging plants, terminals, port facilities, warehouses,
$3.5M $440K transportation yards, military bases and facilities, federal, state and municipal governments, power generators, and
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA utility plants.
The Company operates out of a 3,000 square foot office and shop facility and two secured equipment storage areas
in New Jersey. The principals are supported by 20 full-time employees. The Company has built an impressive client
$4.0M $455K base of globally recognized corporations in industrial manufacturing, packaging, port facilities, warehousing, and
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA transportation, all of which have provided consistent repeat and recurring revenue streams.
(PROJ) (PROJ)
An investment or acquisition will accelerate the Company’s growth and improve operating margins by
broadening distribution across new and existing geographic markets, and the financing of new special project
opportunities.
87%

New Jersey 75% Strong Employee Base. The Company provides expert environmental consulting thanks to their experienced waste
Pennsylvania 21% management professionals and project managers whose extensive industry experience separates the company from
Other States 4% their competitors. The strong employee base brings a unique mix of passion and management expertise that create a
significant, intangible value to the Company.
2019 CLIENT MAKEUP Certifications and Permits. The Company has been certified and permitted by the U.S. Department of Transportation,
the EPA, the Pipeline & Hazardous Materials Safety Administration for HazMat Handling, and New Jersey
State & Municipality 41%
Transportation of Hazardous and Solid Waste. It holds permits from the NJ Department of Environmental Protection
Environmental Services 23%
for Underground Storage Tank Certification (Closure & Subsurface Evaluation), the Pennsylvania Transportation for
Construction 18%
Hazardous and Residual Waste, along with various authorities in New York, Maryland, Delaware, and Pennsylvania as a
Private Industry 7% transporter of regulated materials.
Insurance 3%
Other 8%
REVENUE GROWTH INITIATIVES & BRAND VALUE
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS New Projects. The Company is currently being considered for both the dig and disposal work on a large clean-up
Client A 33% project in Hamilton, New Jersey. The project is slated to generate between $2.5 and $3.5 million with more than 1/3 of
Client B 9% revenue from disposal. Additionally, the Company is well positioned to capture a substantial amount of the recent
Client C 5% Federal EPA announcement authorizing $78MM for the Matteo Superfund cleanup. The project will produce revenue
Client D 3% for three years and the company has provided transportation and disposal toward the pilot excavations to date
Client E 3% Brand Recognition. The Company enjoys strong brand recognition in the market through it’s continuous personal
networking and relationship-based client management which drives sales when coupled with the Company’s
2019 REPEAT BUSINESS reputation for excellent quality services. The Company focuses business development through industry and trade
events, local Chambers of Commerce, social media channels, and an active web presence.
Client Retention Rate 90%

D. 203-716-1185 INVESTMENT BANK T. 212-381-7650
OF THE YEAR
M. 203-945-8919 2016 - 2017 - 2018 F. 203-738-1100
# 63067
ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY & PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES
NEW ENGLAND
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The company is a full-service environmental firm, providing in-house certified environmental laboratory
REVENUE / EBITDA services, indoor air quality services, and environmental project management. Headquartered in New England
since 1993, the company serves commercial, government, and residential customers.
$3.4M The Lab Services Division supports a variety of applications in municipal and industrial monitoring, site
investigations, petroleum contamination studies, waste characterization, and disposal analysis. The company
2019 Revenue (PROJ) has federal and state certifications for the full range of environmental testing, supporting all Volatile Organic
Compound (VOCs), Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs), Metals, Wet Chemistry, and many more
applications.
$451K The Indoor Air Quality Division investigates, assesses, and consults on mold, lead, asbestos, legionella, carbon
monoxide, allergens, mercury, PCBs, chemicals, unidentified odors, and other contaminants. The
Environmental Project Management division provides complete management and coordination of federal,
2019 EBITDA (PROJ)
industrial, and commercial projects requiring environmental compliance and OSHA compliance. It also
monitors various new construction and renovation projects.
Experienced Team 2018 Key Customers Federal government & DoD-accredited

Management 4 Navy Since 2009 15%
Lab Technicians 19 Army Corps Since 2014 11%
Quality Assurance 1 US Army Since 2014 9%
Administration 1 Customer A since 2015 8%
Marketing 2 Customer B Since 2000 6%
Couriers 2
2018 Revenue Source 2018 Key Customer Markets

Laboratory services 69% Commercial 46%
ENV Project Management 20% DoD/Federal government 44%
Indoor Air Quality 11% Local government/agency 6%
Residential 4%
Recurring Customer Revenue 72%
INVESTMENT APPEAL Growth Opportunities

Accreditations. The firm is DoD-accredited at the highest levels PFAS Testing in blood and the environment. Communities are
possible; has state and federal-specific lab certifications, DPH panicked about the health effects of this chemical. The
certifications in New England states, and all relevant IAQ company is planning to offer blood testing to residential
certifications; lead, mold, asbestos, bio aerosol, and other customers as well as testing to detect environmental
hazardous substance certifications; and other industrial and exposures. Requirements for such testing are expanding
environmental hygiene certifications. nationwide, few labs offer such testing, and the company is
investigating purchasing lab equipment and bringing in house
Lab Certifications. The company is member of all the
rather than using subcontractors for testing.
appropriate state and national professional associations and
holds more than 25 certifications for all the monitoring and Cannabis Testing. Maine and Massachusetts both have
testing it performs. As additional memberships and approved cannabis. Testing for purity and impurity will grow
certifications are required, the company makes those as demand grows. This is another growth market that the
investments on a timely basis. company is exploring.
# 63067
Food & Beverage

Organic & Natural Store #62108
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA The Company is a natural food and vitamin retailer with all sales from in-store purchases and serves
over 1,000 customers per day. The Company offers customers a complimentary rewards program to
receive exclusive promotions, special offers, and rewards.
$13.0M $1.14M Products are locally sourced, and revenue is derived from groceries/general merchandise, café/deli ,
produce vitamins, refrigerated products, body care, and frozen products. The Company also offers
prepared food-to-go.
$14.0M $1.27M The stores are located in destination shopping areas and attract an affluent crowd. The Company has
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA won the “Best of” award in its local region for the past ten years and maintains a loyalty program with
(Projected) (Projected) approximately 47,000 customers enrolled.
2019 HIGHLIGHTS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Customer Retention: 75% Superior Name and Reputation: In operation since 1978, the Company has built substantial goodwill by
Daily Customers: 1,000 providing quality products and excellent customer service. Management credits reputation and
established strong customer relationships as the two most critical factors contributing to the Company’s
Average Ticket: $40
historical success.
REVENUE MIX Long-Established Business with Strong Customer Base and Recognition: The Company has won the
“Best of” award in its local region for the past ten years and maintains a loyalty program with
Groceries 33%
approximately 47,000 customers enrolled.
Café/Deli 20%
Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Management has been perfecting the model in its primary location
Produce 15%
with the plan of using the model in its other current locations and additional locations in the future.
Vitamins 15%
Developed Product Line: The Company has its own product line of vitamins and essential oils that are
Refrigerated 7%
produced at a local private label company.
Body Care 6%
Cash Business: All sales to customers are performed as cash transactions. As such, the Company does
Frozen 4%
not carry an accounts receivable balance.

INVESTMENT BANK
M. 336-486-7383 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
F. 336-893-8233 2016 - 2017 - 2018
FULL-SERVICE SPORTS #63157
RESTAURANT AND BAR
North Central North Carolina
- - - -
- -
Specialty Casual Pizza & Sandwich
Restaurant/Take Out (2 Locations) #62175
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
During its 20+ years of preparing and serving high quality meals at reasonable prices,
$2.35M the Company has focused on maintaining its traditional Italian menu. Its well-
2019 REVENUE (PROJ)
experienced staff has developed an excellent reputation for customer service.
A two-location, wood-fired, pizza and Italian restaurant offering full-service dine in,
$577K carry out, and catering services, the Company prides itself on service and quality
with all dishes made in-house from scratch with fresh ingredients.
2019 EBITDA (PROJ)
The Company has gained a strong reputation with customers by consistently
delivering fresh, innovative, and crave-able flavors in everything served. Both
2018 REVENUE BY locations are conveniently located adjacent to major highways which generates
LOCATION passerby traffic to supplement their loyal customer following.
LOCATION B
76% Competing against other restaurants in their local areas, the company thrives
(3,000 SqFt)
because no other restaurant matches their unique, wood-fired pizza recipes or fresh
LOCATION A from scratch menu. The Company also offers a family-oriented, casual-rustic
24%
(1,080 SqFt) ambiance that is a major differentiator.
INVESTMENT APPEAL
2018 REVENUE MIX
Easy-To-Replicate, Standardized Growth Formula: Management has refined its
products and processes over its many years in business, resulting in a streamlined
operational platform with higher efficiencies and profitability over industry
counterparts. The operational platform can be used to blueprint new store openings
and future growth.
Outstanding Growth Opportunities: The Company has several prospects for growth
including, but not limited to: 1) opening additional locations, both full service and
carryout only; 2) starting a franchise operation focusing on high volume, reasonably
priced family dining; 3) expanding the Company’s high quality gluten free product
lines both at the restaurants and for packaged distribution; and 4) developing sauces
and dressings for commercial distribution.
Experienced staff and strong management team: The Company relies upon its
2018 FINANCIAL PROFILE employees and managers to deliver a consistently positive experience for patrons.
The management team has extensive experience with the Company and is familiar
with its mission and value drivers.
Proprietary Product Ingredients: The Company’s pizza dough, pizza sauce, and salad
dressings are unique recipes made exclusively for the Company.
Low Revenue Volatility: The Pizza Restaurants industry revenue volatility level is low-
to-moderate. Demand primarily relies on consumer spending and Americans'
preferences toward pizza.
Strong Earnings: EBITDA averaging over 27% for the past 3 years with a forecast of
higher earnings. Superior results for restaurants that average 6% nationwide.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Specialty Coffee Roasting Company
Located in Southeastern US Region -- Retail Location & Online Store
Available for acquisition is a coffee roaster with a retail location and online store based in the Southeast. In 2018, revenues were
comprised of coffee products (95%) and apparel, cups, and other products (5%). Coffee is sold by the pound, prices range from $15.95 to
$19.95 per pound of roasted whole beans or ground coffee roasted on premises. The price per cup of brewed coffee is between $1.50
and $2.25 per cup and is competitive with c-store operators, and much less expensive than Starbucks - with room for a $0.75 per cup
increase. All raw coffee is purchased from trusted suppliers, and since the Company is the roaster it has the ability to determine what the
retail cost should be to maximize gross profit going forward. In addition, there are no wholesale or bulk accounts and that market is wide
open for growth as well as selling K-Cups roaster and packaged in-house or jobbed out to third party roaster/packager. Management has
added new equipment that will allow for the production of Keurig (K-Cup) Pods. Starting in early 2019, management forecasts capacity to
produce 900 K-Cups per day. If a co-packer were utilized, K-Cup production capacity could reach 50,000 to 100,000 per day. In 2018,
customers markets served included retail sales (77) and mail order/online (23). Founded in 1991, the Company is a Limited Liability
Company operating from a leased (shareholder-owned) 2,800 square foot retail store and roasting facility. The facilities can
accommodate more than double the current revenues without major facility improvements. The Company’s staff totals 9 full-time and 2
part-time employees.
Outstanding Strategic Growth Opportunities

The Company has maintained strong sales and margins despite a lack of resources dedicated to aggressive marketing and location expansion. In
order to expand the business, new ownership could utilize the following techniques: expand web store, add new locations, develop wholesale
accounts, and continue to improve web page and design it to maximize key word searches.
Strong Profitability & Minimal Capital Investment Requirements

The Company experienced strong EBITDA margins over the last three years, averaging 33.4% of revenues. Furthermore, management does not
expect a significant investment in capital assets to be required over the pro forma period. Going forward, management anticipates capital
expenditures to average $15,000 per year for various equipment purchases and leasehold improvements.
Favorable Industry Forecast

Revenue (in current dollars) for US limited service eating places, which includes coffee shops, is forecast to grow at an annual compounded rate
of 4% between 2018 and 2022. (Source: First Research, Industry Quarterly Update)
Mario Dieckmann, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

Client #62145
Email: mdieckmann@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
PREMIUM ICE-CREAM AND FROZEN DESSERT #63528
MANUFACTURER (CONNECTICUT)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1926, the Company is a family-owned manufacturer of quality ice cream and specialty frozen
desserts. It distributes its product through regional distributors and broad line food service suppliers.
$2.5M $346K Revenue is generated through two business units: Co-Packing and Company Brands and is generated
almost exclusively through repeat business.
(PROJ) (PROJ) The Company serves clients throughout the United States from their 13,000 square-foot facility that
includes offices, manufacturing and warehousing with an additional 2,500 square-foot dry-good
$2.8M $402M warehouse space all located in Connecticut on the same site.
2021 Revenue 2021 EBITDA The Company offers a full line of ice-cream, ice-cream cakes and pies, custom-designed products as well
(PROJ) (PROJ)
as pint and half-gallon servings under its own brand and private labels. The Company also offers a line of
customer-portion-controlled servings of ice cream that are sold through the food service industry.
2019 REVENUE SPLIT INVESTMENT APPEAL

Own Brand 70% a. Robust customer and industry relationships. The Company’s loyal customer base allows it to save on
Private Label 30% marketing expenses that competitors must foot. This benefits the Company in both acquiring
new customers through word of mouth referral and in retaining existing customers on repeat business.
OPERATION CENTER b. National exposure. Serving its customers for over 94 years the company enjoys brand recognition
Connecticut for their quality products and exceptional service. The Company revenue is derived from close to
100% repeat business.
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS c. New growth initiatives. A major confectionery group is leveraging the Company’s brand recognition
Customer A (2009) 15% to move into the food service industry and will be showcasing their desserts throughout the group’s
distribution centers in New England. The group is discontinuing its own manufacturing of certain
Customer B (2011) 18%
products and is looking for the Company to manufacture on their behalf. The deal will immediately
Customer C (2005) 20%
generate close to $1 million in new business and has excellent potential for future growth. Additional to
Customer D (2010) 12% this deal, there is a second well-known UK based company that wants to distribute the Company’s ice-
Customer E (2015) 12% cream specialty products and management are exploring this opportunity.
d. Geographic expansion. The Company has represented several blue-chip clients for periods ranging
2019 MARKETS from 10-15 years and is now establishing similar relationships in Europe. An investment or acquisition
Northeastern States 50% can accelerate the growth and increase the operating margins by broadening the distribution across
Rest of the US 50% existing and new geographic markets and through the financing of new special project opportunities.

Email: abehjati@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F: 203-738-1100
High-End Commercial Bakery
Available for acquisition is a bakery that produces fresh breads, rolls and muffins baked and delivered
daily. The Company predominantly serves restaurants and grocery stores that are within a 60 mile
radius. Orders average just over $45 each, and the Company handles between 60-70 orders daily.
Located in proximity to key markets, the Company is able to produce fresh goods and deliver them to
clients in a timely manner. Due to the highly-perishable nature of baked goods, this gives the Company a
competitive advantage over bakeries that transport goods over long distances. The Company has very
strong, lasting relationships with its clients, which is evidenced by its fantastic rate of repeat business.
• Diversified Customer Base: The Company’s top five customers accounted for less than 20% of total revenue in
the last historical year. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly im-
pacted by the loss of a single account.
• Superior Name and Reputation: The Company enjoys a long-standing (40+ years) reputation for providing the
highest quality and freshest bread in the area. The Company averages approximately 60 to 70 orders daily and has
shown expertise on meeting the needs of large orders with little notice.
• Strong Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for the high-
quality product provided. Evidence of these relationships is shown in the 99% rate of repeat business.

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #60990
Premier Caribbean Restaurant and Bakery
Serving the Area Since 1992
Located in Florida
2019 Est Revenue $3.80 million I 2019 Est EBITDA $2.65 thousand
Founded in 1992, this Bakery is a family-owned Caribbean bakery and restaurant that offers traditional
Caribbean cuisine and baked goods to customers. The business has built a reputation as a go-to
destination for authentic Caribbean cuisine in the area. It offers breakfast, lunch, and dinner; through
prepared foods, baked goods, beverages, catering, grocery, and a food truck. The business relies on its
strong reputation for providing quality food and excellent customer service, which has resulted in a
strong rate of repeat business and word-of mouth advertising. Management estimates approximately
95% of total revenue is generated from returning customers. Additionally, the Company’s website,
provides information including location, menus, special events, photos, and the website makes online
ordering easy.
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 1% of revenue during the historical period.
 Superior Name and Reputation: Company enjoys a long-standing reputation for its focus on providing high quality food and
service. Management attributes its success to its strong reputation and dedication to serving.
 Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Several opportunities exist for increasing revenue and profit, including leveraging the
Company’s proven reputation to pursue a retail presence with franchising, production expansion, and marketing.
 Strong Client Relationships: The Company has served thousands of pleased customers since its inception. This is evi-
denced by the over 95% rate of repeat business.

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Client #62982
Premier Artisan Bakery #63196
Florida
Sign NDA ►

$3.4MM Headquartered in Florida, this business is an artisan
bakery, which serves over 250 of the area’s finest hotels and
2019 Est EBITDA
restaurants with natural, fresh breads, and rustic pastries.
$243K
The Company creates 100% wholesome recipes
with no preservatives and no artificial flavors.
The Company purchases only the highest quality ingredients to create
healthy and tasty products. Additionally, the Company only uses
unbleached and unbromated flours, which are essential to the
Company’s healthy baking process. This business believes a
commitment to old-world “hand-made” processing ensures the breads
and pastries are pure and flavorful. The uniqueness of these
processes has drawn in numerous clients. The breakdown of the
Company’s product segment is as follows: Bread (91% of 2018 sales)
& Pastries (9%).
Superior Name and Reputation: In business over 20 yrs, the Company has
built substantial goodwill in the community and the region by providing
quality products. Management also credits its reputation and established
customer relationships as two of the most critical factors contributing to the
Company’s historical success.
Low Employee Turnover: The Company’s uplifting environment and Golden
Rule-esque philosophy are some of the factors that have contributed to
strong employee retention, as well as a pattern of promoting internally. The
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS general manager, for example, started off as a retail employee back in 2000.
 $3.3MM in Sales
 95% Rate of Repeat Business. Documented Systems and Procedures: The Company is Certified by
 275 Active Accounts the British Retail Consortium, which provides assurance of food safety
and high quality. The management team at the Company is proud of the
EMPLOYEES
Production—20 their premium product and has documented systems and procedures to
Office - 2 ensure newly hired staff will be able to seamlessly transition into the
Baggers & Packaging—8 business.
Drivers—7
Dishwashers/Preppers—2 Established Blue-Chip Clients: Due to the Company’s premium quality
Retail—2 and timely delivery, many clients such as major theme parks have trusted
the Company to provide their valued customers with their products.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Full-Service Liquor Store #63136
Florida
Sign NDA ►

$1.5MM
This business is a full-service liquor store, was established in
2019 Est EBITDA 1984 and has been owned and operated by members of the
$187K same family for the past 35 years. It is located on a very large
island in the state of Florida. It is the only liquor store on the
Island. Going with any other option would require a trip off the island, which most
residents and visitors alike find undesirable. The liquor store offers a
comprehensive array of alcoholic and non-alcoholic products, as well as a
complete line of tobacco products including cigarettes, cigars, loose tobacco,
tubes, and rolling papers, among other items. The business continues to expand its
product line and has become very well-known for its myriad inventory, including
premier brands, as well as its wine boutique. It is especially valued by its
customers for its diverse bourbon selection. No single customer accounted for
more than 1% of revenue during the historical period. The diversified customer
base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss
Business Longevity: The Company has been doing business in the same location
for 35 years. It is situated within an open-air plaza conveniently located in the
heart of a large island. Along with a grocery store and a pharmacy, it is considered
an anchor store for the plaza. There is no nearby competition.
Liquor License: To operate a liquor store in the state of Florida requires a 3PS
liquor license along with a tobacco license which is a dual license. The current
estimated value of a 3PS liquor license in the county is estimated to be somewhere
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS between $150,000-$200,000. Additionally, the Company has an extensive
 $1.4MM in Sales inventory of products both in the Store and in its off-premise warehouse. The
 85% Rate of Repeat Business current value of this inventory is approximately $200,000. All equipment, the
 1,200 Sq. Ft. Facility
liquor license, and inventory will continue with the sale of the Company.
EMPLOYEES Comprehensive Product Selection: The Company has become known for offering
its customers a continually expanding array of interesting and much sought-after
Sales—5
(and often hard to find) products. It is well-known for attracting customers from an
Owners—2
expansive geographic area because of its unusually comprehensive product
Owner and Management willing to selection, especially in the premium categories of both liquor and wine, thereby
negotiate remaining post-transaction increasing and expanding its customer base.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Independent Gourmet Grocery Store #63539
Northeastern US
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
The Company is an independent gourmet grocery store providing its regional community
$5.8M $171K a one-stop destination for quality meats, produce, baked goods, and groceries.
(PROJ) (PROJ) The Company sources products from a diversified list of hand-selected vendors to ensure
product quality and satisfy customer demand.
The Company operates from a 12,000 square foot facility leased from a related party,
$5.7M $162K which allows significant advantages and operational consistency for the store. The facility
is available for acquisition along with the Company.
REVENUE SOURCES

The Company has a
High-Caliber and High-Tenured Staff. The Company fosters a workplace where it’s extremely multi-disciplined team
experienced and dedicated personnel are able to enjoy their work, and therefore remain long providing expertise in:
term. Many employees have been with the store for more than 20 years, and a few for more
than 40 years. The Company has very low employee turnover, which is a signal of the class and
care with which management treats the employees. Low turnover allows the Company to retain GROCERY (9)
the most skilled and experienced personnel for the store and consistently deliver superior
customer service.
MEAT (5)
Stable Operations. The Company has honed operations over a multi-decade history to deliver
reliable and consistent financial results year-over-year. Over the most recently completed four-
year period total sales has not fluctuated more than $100,000 from the average for the period. PRODUCE (4)
This is a testament to management and employee commitment to operate the store within
guidelines and customer commitment for repeated patronage.
DELI (8)
Established Local Presence. While retail competition can be robust in any region, the Company
benefits from its convenient location in the heart of its community, where it has been located
for almost 70 years. Events are often held in front of the store that bring local residents FRONT END (11)
together and adds to community involvement.
BAKERY (2)
Pete Prior Generational Equity

New York, NY 10017
Phone: 215-322-6696 OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Upscale Diner with Beer & Wine License
Business is Qualified for Visa
Located in Florida
The Company is a 1940s - style upscale diner that captures the "luncheonette" feel of that era's most
popular eateries, but seasons it with a dash of 21st-Century finesse. It is conceived as a comfortable
neighborhood respite from the home kitchen. Homemade food, served in a stylish but casual
atmosphere, with large portions and value pricing make it particularly attractive to families with children
as well as couples and singles. Additionally, the Company serves beer and wine and provides retail
merchandise. The Company offers take-out, delivery service, and catering. The Company serves the
nearby community with approximately 250,000 residents within a 5 mile radius. Management estimates
that 80% of business is from repeat customers.
 Superior Name and Reputation: In business since 1999, the Company has built substantial goodwill by provid-
ing quality food and excellent customer service. Management credits reputation and established strong customer
relationships as the two most critical factors contributing to the Company’s historical success.
 Cash Business: Approximately 99% of annual sales to customers are performed as cash transactions; less than
1% of customers pay on account. As such, the Company does not carry an accounts receivable balance.
 Employee Base: In addition to the principals’ extensive experience in the restaurant industry, many of the Com-
pany’s key employees and managers have histories in the industry. This wealth of experience and expertise pro-
vides The Company’s with a significant intangible value and advantage over many competitors.

Tel: (239) 231-3069 Client #61331
USDA Meat Processing Facility
#63072
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Founded in 1959 this company is an award-winning USDA‐approved industry leader in meat slaughter
and processing.
2019 Est.
Headquartered in the Southeast United States, the Company is led by industry veteran and serves
$2.2M a notable client base with team of specially trained professionals.
The Company primarily markets itself via continuous personal networking and relationship‐based
2019 EBITDA
marketing with key customer accounts. This marketing approach, coupled with the Company’s
$151K excellent reputation, accounts for a material portion of revenues being derived from repeat
business. The direct relationships built with the Company’s clients lend credibility to the
Company’s services and help garner new business.
MARKET
Virginia
Tennessee
North Carolina
South Carolina
Georgia
Florida
RECOGNITION INVESTMENT APPEAL Growing Market

The only small specie USDA a. Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown
company in its region from $1,978,000 in 2016 to$2,057,000 in the fiscal year Growing Market: The buyers of
ending October 31, 2018, representing a compound annual drug and hormone free meat and
growth rate of 4.2%. poultry represent a very loyal
CUSTOMERS b. Rising Gross Profit Trend: Gross profit during the clientele with demand growing
2018 Recurring Revenue – 99% historical period has increased from 46.6% of sales in 2016 steadily. The Company has
2017 Recurring Revenue – 99% to 50.3% of sales by the end of 2018. The Company has numerous steady customers who
been able to efficiently control its costs after high growth have been buying fresh meat
to maximize gross profit. from the Company for decades.
c. Modest Ongoing Capital Investment Requirements:
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME Management does not expect a significant investment in
capital assets to be required over the pro forma period.
No one Customer Contributes
Going forward, management anticipates capital
more than 8% of Revenue
expenditures to average$20,000 per year for various
equipment and leasehold improvements. Geographic
Expansion Opportunity.
Genell Boyer
Generational Equity
Senior M&A Advisor
14241 Dallas Parkway, Suite 700
Dallas, TX 75254
2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 972-232-1100
336-893-8233 Fax
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed �� Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no
connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. �� ers is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Long-Standing Restaurant & Bar
Located in Georgia -- NDA #60464
2019 Est. Revenue $1,550,000 | 2019 Est. EBITDA $150,000
Available for acquisition is a casual family restaurant with an attached bar located in Georgia. The restaurant is divided into two sections:
a lounge area with a full-service bar and a family dining area with a separate game room for the kids. The menu includes a variety of
offerings to accommodate most tastes, including southern inspired appetizers, unique sandwiches, gourmet burgers, pizzas and salads.
The Company is open Monday through Saturday from 11:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. and on Sunday from 11:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M. It is known
for using fresh daily ingredients and homemade recipes. In 2018, revenue was derived from the sale of Food (81% of revenue), Spirits
(12%), and Beverages (7%). Additionally, the Company generates a small amount of revenue from games located in the restaurant. While
not included in historical revenue, the business hired a delivery service and expects catering to make up a material portion of revenue
moving forward. Founded in 1976, the owners have established a long-standing reputation across multiple generations for providing a
relaxed environment to enjoy quality food at fair prices. Management estimates that as much as 95% of annual revenue comes from
repeat customers. The facility comprises 4,160 square feet and is leased to the Company through the owners’ real estate company. The
business employs 42 employees, including 16 kitchen staff members, 22 floor staff members, and 4 key managers that been with the
Company since at least 1998. The owners are proud of the restaurant’s reputation in the community and believe the Company is well-
positioned for future growth; which can potentially be accelerated by new ownership with additional resources.
Outstanding Growth Opportunities in Catering & Additional Locations

The Company’s recently added catering services are expected to result in material growth going forward. Furthermore, management
believes the Company can leverage it’s long-standing reputation in the local market by opening additional locations elsewhere in the
metropolitan area and surrounding areas.
Low Employee Turnover
The business values its staff and their experience. That treatment is reflected in a low employee turnover rate. The Company’s
management team includes a number of individuals who have been with the restaurant 20 or more years.
Growing Market for the Company’s Services
The restaurant industry’s growth is expected to continue over the next five years as consumers allocate a greater proportion of their
budgets to meals outside the home. Restaurants will benefit as the economy improves and unemployment declines, leading to more
consumer indulgences, such as dining out. As a result, industry revenue is forecast to increase at a 2.1% CAGR. (Source: IBISWorld
Industry Report)

Tel: (336) 486-7383 Fax: (336) 893-8233 11175 Cicero Drive, Suite 100
Client #60464
Healthcare

Available for Acquisition
Professional Massage Therapy Services & Massage School
Located in Southeastern US Region: NDA #61014
Est. 2018 Sales: $1,800,000 | Est. 2018 EBITDA: $365,000
The Company was established in 2000 and has become a respected and
accomplished professional massage therapy practice and massage school in the
geographic area due to its experience and success.
Diverse & Loyal Customer Base

The Company has 22,600 active accounts, and approximately 15% of clients
come in at least once every seven weeks. Additionally, no single customer
accounted for more than 1% of revenue during the historical period. The
diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be
significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Strong Historical Revenue Growth

Historical sales grew from $1,053,000 in 2015 to $1,668,000 in 2017,
representing a compounded average annual growth rate of 25.9%.

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
Sales 1,053 1,311 1,668 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 2,900
% Growth -- 24.5% 27.2% 7.9% 11.1% 10.0% 9.1% 8.3% 11.5%
Gross Profit 917 1,169 1,525 1,645 1,828 2,011 2,194 2,376 2,651
% of Sales 87.0% 89.1% 91.4% 91.4% 91.4% 91.4% 91.4% 91.4% 91.4%
EBIT (21) 110 329 364 423 480 536 594 681
% of Sales -2.0% 8.4% 19.7% 20.2% 21.2% 21.8% 22.3% 22.8% 23.5%
EBITDA (20) 110 329 365 424 481 539 596 685
% of Sales -1.9% 8.4% 19.7% 20.3% 21.2% 21.9% 22.5% 22.9% 23.6%
The Company is comprised of three related entities: a private massage therapy provider (60% of sales); a massage
school (36%); and a national massage network (4%). The Company has 41 employees (25 part-time), which consist
of 2 managers (1 part-time), 16 licensed massage therapists, 4 receptionists (2 part-time), 10 part-time instructors, 1
part-time custodian, and 8 part-time contractors.
The Company is a private practice in massage therapy. The facility utilizes eight treatment rooms, which all
outfitted with electric tables, table warmers, hot stone cookers, and sound machines. The Company averages 200 –
Client #61014
250 hours of massage weekly and consistently provides event massage and outcall services to extend its reach. The
Company’s massage school is the only approved massage school in its local city and surrounding counties. The
Genell Boyer school is state approved the Board of Massage and Bodywork. There are 1,267 state-approved massage training
Senior M&A Advisor programs in the US. The school has four enrollment periods consisting of two day and two evening programs. Each
336-486-7383 program entails 648 hours with day classes taking 9 months to finish, evening classes taking 12 months to finish,
gboyer@generational.com
and part-time classes taking 24 months to finish. Class sizes range from 8 to 26 students. Tuition for the school cost
is $8,900. Students can either pay on a quarterly basis or receive a loan from the school. Students are offered a 2
year loan at 6% interest with a $1,000 deposit put down. Additionally, the Company offers massage therapy in all 50
Generational Equity, LLC
14241 Dallas Parkway, Suite 700 states through its national massage network.
Dallas, TX 75254 The Company leases 63% of a 10,500 sq ft office space; the other 37% of the office space is leased to unrelated but
www.generational.com complimentary services. The office/school space boasts a large waiting room, multi-window reception area,
therapist locker room, staff lounge, 3-1/2 kitchens, laundry room, sky lit atrium and large digital sign. There is space
in the school to offer multiple programs. The building is fully accessible, in a great area of town, and has
approximately 70,000 cars pass by daily.

DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accord-
ingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not
be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network
Home & Garden

Rapidly-Growing Wholesale Container Nursery
Southeastern U.S.
Available for acquisition is a rapidly-growing wholesale nursery, based in North Carolina. The Company
has an extensive selection of various high-quality plants. All plants are grown in containers on the
Company’s premises, in either greenhouses or open-air. The Company’s total customer base is comprised
of over 400 accounts. Major customer markets include retail garden centers, wholesale nurseries, re-
wholesale nurseries and landscape companies throughout several states. No single customer generated
more than 8% of the Company’s annual sales. Overall, the Company’s team has a diverse background,
depth of experience, and an unwavering commitment to excellent customer service. Well located for
future multi-purpose development.
 Diversified Customer Base: The Company’s customer base is well diversified among 400 customers. No single
customer generated more than 8% of The Company’s annual sales.
 Above-Average Profitability: The Company’s adjusted operating margin (EBITDA) totaled 10.1% of sales in FY
2017, which was well above the industry average of 5.4%.
 Specialty Plants/Large Inventory: The Company owns a vast inventory with over 300,000 plants at varying
growth stages at any given time.
 Strong Base Year Sales Growth: The Company’s revenue is estimated to reach $3.1 million in 2019, a 6.9% year-
over-year growth.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #62566
NYC-BASED CUSTOM MANUFACTURER OF FINE #63035
FRAMES AND LUXURY MIRRORS
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE This New York-based manufacturer and designer of custom made frames for fine art and luxury mirrors has been
providing products and services to high-end clients for over 50 years. The Company combines century-old
$1.7M woodworking techniques with innovative archival technologies to produce high-quality frames. Using samples
sourced from inventory, robust data libraries and client references, the Company can recreate designs to the exact
2020 Revenue (PROJ) specifications of its customers -- providing a capability which few, if any, competitors possess.
Clients are located nationwide and include interior designers and decorators, prestigious museums and galleries,
EBITDA hospitality firms, frame shops, other businesses and private individuals. Its customer base includes over 4,000
accounts, with 300 active clients.
$220K Ownership has made significant investments in the business, providing it with capacity to handle significant additional
growth. The recently updated website now provides a solid platform for online transactions. The Company is poised
2020 EBITDA (PROJ)
to scale rapidly with a buyer that can help further commercialize its product and design base and accelerate its
exposure both online and in new markets.
2019 REVENUE MIX 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS
2019 GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

New York 65% a. Proprietary Product Technology – Key Barrier to Entry: The Company houses unique dyes and
California 5% molds necessary for high end quality antique reproduction and a library of over 3,000 styles and
Connecticut 5% designs. Its unique people, processes and procedures allow it to effectively create and customize
Massachusetts 3% products to suit the needs of its high-end clientele.
Other 22% b. Superior Name and Reputation: The Company brings value to clients that leads to consistent,
accurate, and reliable completion of work. The Company has built substantial goodwill with its key
STAFF OVERVIEW accounts by leveraging its knowledge and expertise to provide quality products and services, with
Owner 1 x fair pricing and excellent customer service. This is evidenced by a repeat business rate of 75%.
Sales 2 x
c. Prestigious and Diversified Customer Base: Much of the Company’s success can be attributed to
General & Admin. 1 x its strong, long-standing relationships with large, well known museums, designers and architects.
Woodworking 5 x Furthermore, no single account has comprised more than 7% of revenue and the Company would
Sanding 3 x not be significantly impacted by the loss of any single account.
Finishing 3 x d. Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Several opportunities exist to increase revenue and profit, by
Fitting 1 x leveraging the Company’s proven reputation and track record including establishing a stronger and
Shipping 2 x broader online presence and pursuing new markets. In addition, its general frame making
expertise can be applied to projects for many different types of customers both nationally and
RATE OF REPEAT BUSINESS internationally.
2019 75%

INVESTMENT BANK
T. 214-717-7494 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Hospitality

FULL SERVICE PRIVATE COUNTRY CLUB #62672
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
A full-service Country Club and event venue having a highly-rated, private 18 hole golf course, tennis courts,
$4.1M heated outdoor swimming pool, and areas for casual and fine dining. The Company’s pricing strategy
2019 Revenue (PROJ) is based on affordable access, hosting and catering special events such as banquets and weddings,
leveraging the club’s exquisite location and incomparable views.
$0.41M The customer base is segmented approximately 50% golf memberships and 50% events business. The
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) venue is a premier destination, offering breathtaking views, well-appointed surroundings, and white glove
service whether the event is an important business meeting or a momentous social occasion. The 5,000
square-foot ballroom will seat 275 people or can be reduced to three individual rooms for smaller groups.
Function rooms for smaller gatherings can provide convenient and scenic space, with handicapped
accessibility, for business meetings and special events.
REVENUE SOURCES # ROUNDS PLAYED PER YEAR

(Percentage of Sales)
20,000 18,646
Golf Operations 18% Food and Beverage 43% 18,157
17,108 17,313
15,000 13,667
Membership 39% 10,000
5,000
0
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Employees (FT/PT) INVESTMENT APPEAL

Management 1/0 Superior Name and Reputation: The Club has built an impressive reputation and loyal member
Admin 4/1 base, as well as hundreds of satisfied special events clients, with over 30 years in operations.
Sales 2/0
Golf Course: The 18-hole, Par 72 course, with unsurpassed views and well-appointed surroundings,
Banquet/Food 5 / 40 was rated by Golf Digest Magazine as “The #1 golf course in the State”. It is located near a major
Grounds/Pool 5 / 28 metropolitan area.
Golf Shop 1 / 15
Events Business: To compliment the golf course and recreational membership business, the Club
has a well-developed special events business, which generates a substantial portion of revenue
and profits.
2018 Revenue by Market
Golf Membership 50% Profit Percentage is Above Industry Benchmarks: The Company’s 4.1% pre-tax profit margin in
2017 outperformed the negative 1.3% industry benchmark.
Events 50%
Favorable Outlook for Industry Growth: Revenue (in current dollars) for US golf courses and
country clubs is forecast to grow at an annual compounded rate of 4% between 2019 and 2023.
Jeff Carignan Generational Equity

SIGN NDA
INVESTMENT BANK
OF THE YEAR
M. 413 537 3079 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 212 381 7650
Machinery

Full Service Machine Tool Distributor
#63040
Eastern US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Est. 2019 Revenue
The Company specializes in on-site machine tool repair and
$5.0MM
maintenance; parts and accessories sales; and machine tool sales
Est. 2019 EBITDA and CNC machine tool sales.
$1.24MM On-site machine tool repair and maintenance services include
machine inspection, calibration, and laser alignment; CNC and
manual machine tool upgrades; machine tool emergency break-down repair; and
preventative maintenance programs. Parts and accessories sales are grouped into
categories including digital read outs; CNC controls; and several machine options.
Machine tools and CNC machine tools sold include several brands of CNC machine
tools, conventional machine tools, fabrication machine tools, and specialty machine
tools.
The Company provides its services across the United States and Canada for public and
private sector customers. The Company currently has three contracts with military
bases to provide preventative maintenance and emergency repairs. The contracts are
typically 3-5 years and have each been renewed many times.

2018 48% 30% 22% Superior Name and Reputation. Due to its quality service and
response time, the Company has become a trusted name throughout
2017 49% 15% 36%
the country.
2016 52% 12% 36% Outstanding Growth Opportunities. The Company expects to
0% 50% 100%
continue to find significant growth opportunities through a growing
Machine Repair Machine Sales Parts Sales demand for services provided, a trend towards larger scale projects,
and sales growth in machine tools.
KEY 2018 ACCOUNT VOLUME Diversified Customer Markets. The Company provides its services
1. 16% 4. 9%
2. 15% 5. 5% and expertise to a wide variety of customer markets including
3. 14%
medical, automotive, power generation, aerospace, military, and
many others.
EMPLOYEES
Service—10 Authorized Distributor Relationships. The Company is an authorized
Office—2
Sales—1
dealer for many of its products, which enables it to attract many
Management and key employees to remain customers looking for specific products and brands.
post transaction.
Pete Pryor Generational Group

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Manufacturing

Nonferrous Sand Casting Foundry #61871
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA In operation for over 30 years and under current ownership for over 11 years, this
foundry specializes in copper-, aluminum-, and zinc-based sand castings.
$4.5M In addition to nonferrous castings, it also offers many value-added services, including
pattern design/production, heat treating, annealing, machining, powder coating,
2019 REVENUE (PROJ)
painting, anodizing, and assembling. The Company’s revenue mix consists of raw
castings through finished products (94% of 2018 sales) and its own product line (6%).
$1.1M The Company operates from a 10,000-square foot facility; with the addition of a
second shift, the facility has ample room for growth, as management currently
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) operates only one full-time shift. The owners estimate this facility could support at
least $8 million in annual sales without the need for physical expansion.
REVENUE MIX REVENUE BY CUSTOMER MARKET INCOME STATEMENT SUMMARY

($000K)
EMPLOYEES
MANAGEMENT 2
FOUNDRY 8
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has built Superb Staff: The Company’s personnel are its most
long-term customer relations with an enduring important asset. In order to ensure customers receive
reputation for providing high-quality nonferrous sand the highest quality products and services, the Company
castings and related expertise, on-time and within provides continuous training and support to its dedicated
budget with competitive pricing, backed by exceptional team of professionals.
customer service.
High Barriers to Entry: The significant capital investment
Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Given additional to purchase manufacturing equipment and establish
resources, there are opportunities to accelerate revenue relationships with suppliers and customers is a significant
and profit growth by diversifying and expanding its barrier to entry for new competitors.
customer base and geographic markets, capitalizing
Management Will Remain through Transition: The
further on existing customer relationships, hiring
owners are willing to stay with the Company post-
dedicated and experienced sales professionals, and transaction in order to ensure a seamless transfer of
implementing a comprehensive marketing strategy.
ownership.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
PATENTED BARBEQUE GRILL ACCESSORIES MANUFACTURER #62729
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
The Company is a well-established manufacturer of grill accessories and components with diversified
$6.0M revenue streams. Revenue is generated through B2C, Amazon, OEMs, wholesale to retailers and
2019 Revenue (PROJ) distributors. A commercial application for the core product is generating revenue and shows significant
potential. Indoor residential and the professional/commercial segment are actively being developed.
$1.0M A systems patent underlies the company’s product line which interfaces with nearly all major barbeque
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) grills as well as commercial and indoor grilling/cooking equipment. The Company has extended their
brand to a broad assortment of grilling and related accessories. The Company serves a global market: U.S.,
Canada, Europe, Australia, Korea and Japan; It is well positioned for accelerated growth and success.
EMPLOYEES 2018 REVENUE SOURCES 2018 REVENUE BY MARKET NUMBER OF RETAIL

Marketing 4 Online Sales 49% Consumer 64% ACCOUNTS
OEM Sales 20% 2018 250+

Operations 7 Manufacturers 20%
Amazon Sales 15% Retailers 10%
OPERATION CENTERS
Wholesale to Retailers 10% Export 6%
Southeast, Midwest
Distrbutor Sales 6%
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Patent and Proprietary Product Technology: The Company’s patent Strong Brand Reputation: Consumer reviews and customer
is in effect in the U.S., major EU countries and Australia; additional IP satisfaction speak to a remarkable product family
potential exists Relocatable: The Company can be moved virtually anywhere just
Strong Client Relationships: The Company has an excellent reputation easily relocatable
in the market for quality products and customer service. Strong
relationships with OEM’s further validate and reinforce its products
Julie Sandoval Generational Equity

SIGN NDA
Senior Managing Director M&A 11175 Cicero Drive, Suite 100
INVESTMENT BANK
E. jsandoval@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022
OF THE YEAR
M. 678 646-6704 F. 972 392-8581 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 678 646 6704
# 62493
MANUFACTURER OF FIXED AND R ETRACTABLE
BUILDING ENCLOSURES
Business Highlights
REVENUE/EBITDA Founded in 2002, the Company is an internationally recognized manufacturer of custom
designed and built fixed and retractable polycarbonate and glass rooms for ground level,
$6.1 M $976 K rooftop, and custom applications.
2019 Revenue EBITDA The enclosures are built for national hotel and restaurant chains, independently owned
businesses, residences, and other applications worldwide providing year-round use of
(PROJ) (PROJ)
valuable outdoor space in any season.
Products are designed and manufactured to meet the needs of each customer while meeting
$4.7 M $744 K all BOCA code requirements. Factory efficiency, coupled with the infield ease of assembly,
2018 Revenue EBITDA creates quick installation times.
Having received the Grand Prize in the 2018 Aluminum Extrusion Design Competition for
their distinctive design using aluminum extrusions, the Company has solidified itself as the
leader in the sloped glazing industry.
Employees
2019 Geographic Markets (PROJ) 2019 Customer Markets (PROJ) Management 3
New York City 60% Commercial 75% Sales 2
New Jersey 20% Residential 10% Production 6
Washington, D.C. 5% Dealer 15% Template/Installer 6
Chicago 5% Operations Center Administration 1
West Coast 5% Northeast Region Designer 1
Account Manager 1
Other States 5% Florida
Diversified Customers
Investment Appeal
Superior Components and Engineering Process. The company has
Scalable Model. The business has been built to be scalable with the
developed custom components for retractable and fixed enclosures
established customer relationships, innovative products and
market development strategies, and excellent management. and skylights, offering advantages over competitors’ systems.
Precise manufacturing processes allow preassembly of enclosures
The Wow Factor. The product gives restauranteurs and hoteliers prior to delivery, which saves labor cost in the field.
maximum year-round revenue generating opportunities on their
valuable outdoor spaces regardless of Weather Condition. This Dealer Network. The network can grow by adding residential and
separates one establishment’s success from the next by providing commercial contractors looking to expand their product offerings.
an indoor-outdoor dining benefit to its customers. The residential With the expansion of a dealer network the growth opportunity
market benefits by allowing for year-round use of a pool, hot tub becomes exponential because of a presence in markets nationwide
spa and patio. and closer proximity to customers
# 62493
PRECISION PARTS MANUFACTURER - HVAC,
AEROSPACE, DEFENSE, TESTING & MEDICAL #62210
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Founded in 1944, the company is well established as a premier manufacturer of precision-machined parts for use in HVAC, aerospace,
REVENUE/EBITDA testing & measurement, automotive, defense, and medical device applications, amongst others.
$3.2M Recognized for its ability to provide turnkey solutions in the design, build, test, and delivery of complete assemblies, the company enjoys
strong brand-name and value recognition, an excellent market reputation, and strong customer loyalty with a very diverse customer base.
2020 Revenue (PROJ) The company is ISO 9001:2015 certified and provides CNC machining services and out-sourced finishing services for ready-to-assemble
parts in all metals and plastics in sizes ranging from 0.0625” to 3.5” in diameter.
$647K Headquartered in the Northeastern US, the company enjoys steady growth in the United States and Mexico and continues to increase its
sales through strategic partnerships with customers and by acquiring new technologies.
2020 EBITDA
Employees 2019 Customer Markets Operations Center 2019 Key Customer Profile
Management 2 22% Northeastern US.
Relationship Term % of Total Revenue
2 8%
Sourcing Locations 1 7%
5%
Quality Assurance 3 United States 2 4%
19%
3 Europe 3 14%
8%
Setup technicians 6 China
8%
India
Fabrication 8 30%
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Management Expertise. Lean organizational structure, stable and dedicated workforce, and Innovative Growth Opportunity. The Company is currently using 3-D Printing for rapid
a management team with 75 years of combined experience anchor the business. To prepare prototyping of sample projects for new contracts. This transformative technology will
for growing demand, the Company has established a successful alliance with a local trade allow the Company to increase client prospect engagement and dramatically reduce time
school. to market resulting in increased revenue and profit margin.
Diversified Market. The Company serves a wide variety of customers in multiple industries Scalable Model. This company has the expertise and experience to grow exponentially. It
and is not dependent upon any one sector. As such they are able to be responsive to has the manufacturing and intellectual capacity, a quality reputation for dependable, high-
significant growth trends in any of the sectors they participate in. precision machining, and is known for its attention to customer needs and detail-oriented
accuracy.
SIGN NDA
Senior Vice President 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
INVESTMENT BANK
E. abehjati@generational.com M. New York, NY 10017
OF THE YEAR
203 716 1185 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 212 381 7650
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verifi ed. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or
warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity
of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affi liate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Heat Exchanger, Air Conditioning, and
Refrigeration Product Manufacturer #61441
Mid-Atlantic US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company is an ISO 9001‐2015 cer fied manufacturer of heat exchangers,
$3.3MM flexible metal hose assemblies, and replacement parts for air‐condi oning,
Proj. 2019 EBITDA refrigera on, and hydronic applica ons for commercial and residen al
applica ons. These products improve system efficiency and reliability resul ng
$415K in lower opera ng costs and longer life.
Commercial products include DC series desuperheaters, AC series desuperheaters, CADS ammonia
desuperheaters, CO2 vaporizers, suc on line heat exchangers, coaxial coils, tube‐in‐tube condensers,
shell & tube heat exchangers, brazed plate heat exchangers, vibra on absorbers, liquid to liquid heat
exchangers, and replacement parts. Residen al products include aquefier heat recovery units, C series
light commercial desuperheaters, and replacement parts.
The Company primarily services customers in the supermarket and commercial refrigera on industry.
The Company directly and indirectly supplies customers through original equipment manufacturers,
wholesalers, exporters, distributors, contractors, and end users. These customers choose the Company
for its quality products; mely response on quote requests; on‐ me order delivery; as well as its
courteous, knowledgeable, and responsive customer service. When those characteris cs are combined
with the Company’s sufficient on‐hand inventory; quality custom and fabrica on parts workmanship; and
be er than expected order turnaround mes, significant customer loyalty is earned resul ng in higher
margins.

Industry Exper se: In addi on to the majority shareholder’s extensive
experience, many key employees have significant industry and product
knowledge. The Company’s personnel possess over 300 years combined
experience in the manufacture of heat exchangers alone. This wealth of
experience and exper se provides the Company with a significant intangible
asset and advantage over its compe tors.
Strong Client Rela onships: The Company is proud of its strong es to clients
KEY 2018 ACCOUNT VOLUME and its reputa on for mely delivery and customer service. This commitment is
1. 7% 4. 2% represented in a client base of over 4,000 customers with a strong reten on rate
2. 5% 5. 1%
3. 4%
(>85%) of customers.
Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 7% of
EMPLOYEES
Engineering—1
revenue consistently over the recent history. The diversified customer base helps
Produc on Manager—1 ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss of any
Purchasing—1 individual account.
Finance—1
Produc on Personnel—13 High Barriers‐to‐Entry: Stringent safety and produc on regula ons, significant
Management and key employees start‐up costs, and skilled labor requirements represent significant barriers to
to remain post transac on. entering the industry.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Manufacturer of Shutters, Blinds &
Window Coverings
ASKING PRICE: $1.75M | Located in Southeastern US Region -- Two Locations
Available for acquisition is a premiere window treatment company that fabricates, sells, and installs custom window treatments. The
Company offers clients a full service experience, and operates two strategic locations in the Southeast. The Company provides custom
measurements while offering design advice, order to job specifications, and installation services for a variety of decorative window coverings.
The Company also has wholesale clients who purchase the plantation shutters which are fabricated on-site. The Company offers a
comprehensive range of shutters, blinds, and recently introduced drapery at its two locations. The Company serves residential (74% of sales),
commercial (20%), as well as whole clients (6%). The Company serves over 3,000 clients, of which approximately 35% are recurring. The
employee bases consists of 11 full-time and 4 part-time employees, of which 3 are sales representatives and 4 are production workers. The
Company operates from an 8,000 SF showroom, office, and fabrication facility. Additionally, the Company also rents a 2,200 SF showroom/
warehouse in a nearby city. The Company competes with other regional-based companies, including some franchise operators, but it
primarily differentiates itself from these competitors by selling only local and/or American-made products at competitive prices which
includes installation. Given sufficient resources, there are tremendous opportunities to grow revenues and profits by expanding its product
and service offering, growing its customer and geographic markets, enabling e-commerce capabilities, and hiring additional experienced sales
professionals.
The Company enjoys a long-standing (26+ years) reputation throughout its markets for a focus on providing high-quality window
treatments, along with competitive pricing and superior customer service.
Customer Base Diversification
Over the past few years, the Company has been more aggressively targeting the wholesale market, which continues to increase as a
percentage of the Company’s total sales (relative to retail accounts). Furthermore, the Company has a diversified customer base with
minimal customer concentration. This is evidenced by the fact that no customer accounted for more than 4% of revenue during 2017.
Strong Revenue Growth
The business experienced strong revenue growth over the past three years, increasing at a 13.7% CAGR. Management is projecting another
strong year of growth due to enhanced product offerings in a new showroom, and increased targeted marketing efforts.
Alex Mironov, Vice President - M&A Generational Equity, LLC

Client #61208
Email: amironov@generational.com Alpharetta, GA 30022 www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
# 62793
MANUFACTURER AND DESIGNER OF POINT OF
SALE DISPLAYS
Business Highlights
REVENUE/EBITDA Founded in 2003, this northeastern US company designs, manufactures, and markets
merchandising displays and packaging products in three distinct business units:
$2.5 M 1. Manufacturing Point-of-sale Displays. Produces custom store fixtures and displays for
short-term special and seasonal work or for permanent store fixtures.
2019 Revenue (PROJ) 2. Merchandise Packaging Division. Offers injection molding, thermoforming, printed
insert cards, and plastic pouches. The packaging can be a printed piece, either cut to the
$255 K shape of the product or much larger than the actual product to provide a platform to
highlight features and benefits.
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) 3. Fulfillment Division. Offers distribution and fulfillment services to customers who
cannot store displays or packaging inventory. The company can supply just-in-time
inventory by making and holding products to be released as requested by customers.
2018 Revenue Sources 2018 Customer Markets Employees
Manufacturing 53% Hand tool manufacturers 44% Management 1
Merchandise Packaging 40% OEM 29% Manufacturing 3
Fulfillment 7% Retailers 18% Administration 1
Customer Retention Rate 95% Distributors 9% Sales 1
Delivery 1
Diversified Customers
Investment Appeal
Management Expertise. Effectively governed by a three-person Growth Initiative. Company is enhancing its market position by
leadership team, the organization has established accountability attending more trade shows, retooling its e-commerce presence,
for sales, operations, strategy, and market outreach. Its core values
and improving social media appeal with more Infomercial videos.
focus on meeting challenges and building a supportive work
Sales manager is increasing personal visits to assess client needs
environment.
and identify potential untapped revenue.
Diversified Market. The company serves customers in multiple
industries and is not dependent on any one sector. It is able to E-Commerce. Management has identified six to eight SKUs to offer
respond to significant growth trends and add customers in all as stock displays ordered directly through the website or through
sectors. It has added two new major accounts in 2019 and Amazon marketplace; it has the manufacturing, and packaging, and
presently is negotiating with two other firms. fulfillment expertise to grow this segment exponentially.
# 62793
Innovative Craft Products Distributor/
Manufacturer **PRICED TO SELL** #62927
Southeastern US
Sign NDA ►
2020 Est Revenue BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS—ASKING PRICE: $995K

$4.8MM
2020 Est EBITDAFounded in 1991, the Company is a designer,
$189K
importer, manufacturer and distributor of mosaic
and glass tools and supplies. The Company also
provides product sourcing and import/export services. The
Company’s customers include large retail chains such as Michaels
(since 2002) and Hobby Lobby (since 1998), school supply
companies and smaller craft stores nationwide. The Company is
expecting $4.8 million sales in 2020. The Company employs 16
employees and operates out of 20,000 square feet, with capacity
to support further growth. The owners would like to pursue other
interests after a transition period.
Proprietary Products: The Company sells exclusive proprietary craft products
which have won multiple awards and are marketed under numerous well-known
industry brands.
Stable Customer Base: The Company has a customer base of over 700 customers
with a 96% rate of recurring revenue, including all Michaels and Hobby Lobby retail
locations throughout the U.S. and all major school supply companies.
Import/Export License: The Company has an import/export license as well as
KEY 2019 HIGHLIGHTS expertise to source, research and inspect craft supplies and to navigate changing
 $4.7MM in Sales
regulation. The Company has an employee located in China to facilitate this.
 700+ Active Accounts Strong Supplier Relationships: The Company’s strong international supplier
EMPLOYEES relationships helps in negotiating competitive prices for inputs, payment, trade
Sales—1 credit and delivery terms. This has allowed the Company to produce its designs at
Operations—2 lower costs.
Warehouse—11 National and International Reach: The Company’s products are available across
Managers—2
the United States, and are also represented in Canada, UK and Switzerland,
Owners—3
Management and key employees to allowing it to service clients wherever they may be located and easily expand into
remain post transaction. new geographic markets.
Alex Mironov Generational Group

Vice President, M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
Email: amironov@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Grey Iron Casting Foundry #61775
Northeast Region, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
The Company is a foundry focused on producing high-quality grey iron
$1.75M castings. All products are prepared on a custom basis and built according to
2019 REVENUE (PROJ) customer specifications. Value-added services provided include product
design, manufacturing, pattern design and repair, testing, chemical and
$150K+ physical analysis, maintenance, and after-sales support. The Company has
made significant investments in its equipment and facilities in order to
2019 EBITDA (PROJ)
position the business as a leader in its niche market.
The Company differentiates itself in the market by offering an extensive
2018 REVENUE BY array of high quality grey iron castings to a diverse range of industrial
CUSTOMER MARKET markets including energy, construction, telecommunications,
infrastructure, agriculture, building materials, transportation, and
consumer products, with an unparalleled focus on customer service
(including technical design and timely delivery of products). They have
developed a loyal base of customers that has enabled the business to
operate for over 71 years.
Operating from a 55,000-square foot facility dedicated to production,
warehousing and office space, the property is Company-owned and can
accommodate higher revenues without major improvements or expansion.
KEY 2018 ACCOUNT VOLUME INVESTMENT APPEAL

1. 15% 4. 6%
Focus on Service: The Company consistently focuses on customer-driven
2. 11% 5. 5%
solutions. It is well-regarded for its ability to provide the appropriate
3. 7%
products to meet customer needs and for a high level of responsiveness;
resulting in repeat business as well as the acquisition of new customers.
EMPLOYEES Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has strong ties to customers
due to its strong reputation for quality, longevity in business, technical
Furnace 1 expertise, and excellent customer service. Specifically, the Company’s
Pouring Crew 2 database includes 155 customers. Due to its reputation and long-term
presence in the industry, repeat business exceeds 95% each year.
Molders 3
Comprehensive Equipment Capabilities: The Company has made
Grinding 2 substantial investments in equipment. This allows it to provide superior and
Core Room 3 advanced grey iron casting products.
Office 1 Management Continuity: The principals are willing to stay with the
Company during a post closing transition period to ensure a seamless
Maint & Ship/Rec 3 transfer of ownership.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and w hile believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity
Specialized Commercial Heat
Treating Company #58641
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
The Company specializes in the heat treatment of high-speed steel and alloy
$1.5M tool steels in molten salts. Tools and components heat treated by the
Company using salt bath processes outperform those heat treated using
2020 REVENUE (PROJ)
vacuum and controlled atmosphere furnace processes, showing increased
wear resistance, toughness, and ductility under the most arduous working
$140K conditions imaginable.
2020 EBITDA (PROJ)
Whether it is metal cutting tools (such as milling cutters, saws, slitter knives,
drills, taps, reamers), metal forming tools (such as punches and dies), down
hole hammer drills for gas and oil well drilling, or pneumatic chisels used in
2019 REVENUE BY the construction trades, the Company’s heat treating procedures instill
CUSTOMER MARKET optimum superior metallurgical properties in the parts processed.
The key success factors in the Company’s industry are quality customer
service, predictable product quality, and efficiency. The Company excels in
these areas, offering tailored client solutions with industry leading quality.
The Company produces higher quality results than that of the competition.
In addition, they provide a wide range of services that (combined) are not
provided in the industry
The Company operates from a 14,000-square foot manufacturing facility, as
well as a 1,512-square foot office building. It is currently staffed by 13 full-
time and 1 part-time non-union employees.
2019 REVENUE BY SOURCE INVESTMENT APPEAL

Superior Name and Reputation. The Company’s long-standing community
relationship, dating back to its founding in 1989, coupled with its quality
service, has yielded a strong reputation within its serviced regions.
Strong Client Relationships. The Company maintains strong relationships
with key customers, with the relationship age for the Company’s top 8
clients averaging almost 20 years.
Strong Supplier Relationships. The Company’s suppliers are long-lasting,
beneficial relationships averaging over 12 years.
KEY 2019 ACCOUNT VOLUME Significant Growth Opportunities. The Company’s proven model allows for
1. 14% Client for 19 years expansion into a number of new business areas, including the addition of
2. 12% 21 years large carburizing furnaces for deep case operations, gas nitriding and bright
3. 10% 27 years
annealing applications, additional vacuum heating and vacuum tempering
4. 7% 30 years
5. 6% 30 years
ovens, and belt furnace applications.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
SUCCESSFUL MACHINE SHOP SERVING
CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
#63621
Northeastern US
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA
The Company is a family‐owned “job shop” machine shop that has been serving “essen al” customers
$900K $134K since 1973 and is one of the only machine shops able to service large jobs in the local market.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The Company targets steel and metal manufacturers (45% of 2019 revenue), material handling industries
(PROJ) (PROJ) (20%), construc on equipment repair (15%), power genera on (15%), and fluid process and hydraulic
industries (5%). Most customers are classified as cri cal infrastructure producers.
$821K $105K The Company’s customers comprise manufacturers and distributors of steel and specialty metal
products including stainless steel bar and wire, strip and foil and ribbon wire. Revenue is generated
through the following services:
• New Machining per Drawings (65%) • Repair Machining (20%)
• Rush Machining (10%) • New Machining per Sample or Instruc ons (5%)
These customer rela onships, many of which are decades‐long, have been developed to the point where the Company is broadly
considered among the highest‐quality and most trusted shops in the region. There are no comparable machine shops in the immediate
area so compe on is limited, especially for larger jobs.
The Company’s has been consistently profitable since it was founded in 1973 and business con nues to be strong, with increasing
demand.
VALUE PROPOSITION
Respected Family Business. The Company and its owners have been established in the local community for [3] genera ons and have a
reputa on for reliability, fair pricing and integrity. The Company name carries significant brand value in the market and generates repeat
business.
Robust Customer Base. The Company’s customers con nue to benefit from the growth in strongtheir underlying industry sectors,
including automo ve, material handling and construc on and metal fabrica on, which are demonstra ng solid growth in the Company’s
service area.
Strong Market Posi on. Most of the Company’s direct compe on is located out of state, allowing the Company to operate as one of the
only machine shops able to service large jobs in the local market.
New Business Visibility. The strong working rela onship between the Company and its customers provides the Company with a high
level of visibility into the pipeline of machining needs of key customers.
Efficient Opera ng Cost Structure. The Company generates a high return on invested capital based efficient opera ng methods and
careful management of fixed costs combined with [a full and updated complement] of equipment. In addi on, the Company has
remained profitable and increased its market footprint through previous recessionary periods. On‐going capital expenditure requirements
are minimal.
Management Will Remain through Transi on. The ac ve owners are willing to remain with the Company through a transi on period in
order to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership.
CUSTOMER SECTORS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES EXPERIENCED TEAM

Capital Expansion, Including New Machinery. The The Company has a mul ‐disciplined
Company is currently opera ng at capacity in part team providing exper se in:
because ownership is constrained by a lack of capital.
Opportuni es are available in the local market with
addi onal CAM capacity. LATHE DEPARTMENT (2)
Staffing Addi ons. The new business opportuni es
available to the Company readily jus fy the addi on
of a working foreman and one addi onal machine MILLING DEPARTMENT (2)
operator which would allow senior leadership to
focus on sales and engineering. Individuals having
these qualifica ons are available in the market area. OWNERS (2)

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
FULL SERVICE METAL WORKING JOB SHOP
New England, US
#62489
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Established in 1989, the company is a full-service industrial job shop. Featuring 5-axis machining and 3-dimensional
$2.95M programming capabilities. Services include CNC turning and milling, welding, anodizing, balancing, grinding, heat
treating, hard coating, painting, plating, powder coating, and EDM.
2019 Revenue (PROJ)
The operating team has significant experience with plastic and base metals including aluminum, brass, carbon steels,
and stainless steels. As well, expertise in exotic materials including Kovar, Hastalloy, Monel, Ultem, Tungsten, and Alloy 20
$45K differentiate the operation from their competitors.
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) With a premier market reputation for precision quality and customer service, the company serves a diversified customer
base including both international Fortune 500 companies and small local businesses.
2018 REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHIC MARKET
Rhode Island
45%
Vermont 7% Massachusetts
Florida 6% 26%
Connecticut
12%
Massachusetts 26% Vermont
7%
Rhode Island 45% Florida
6%
Other
Connecticut 12%
4%
Employees 2018 Revenue by Customer Market Key Account Volume % Rate of Repeat
Management 1 Defense 29% Client Relationship Term % of Revenue Business

Metallurgical 17% A Since 2011 29% 2018 - 75%
Admin 1
Medical 7% B Since 2011 17%
Shop Labor 16
Industrial C Since 2008 8%
4%
Transport 2 Other 43% D Since 1989 4%
E Since 2009 4%
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has built substantial Proprietary Expertise: The Company’s key employees have established a
goodwill by providing quality products and excellent customer service. Market significant competitive advantage with their significant industry experience
reputation and established long term relationships are credited for their and proprietary expertise. Their address of niche markets and provision of
industry leading account retention and historical success. innovative printing solutions have proven to be valuable intangible assets.
Diversified Customer Industries: The company serves a wide range of Modest Capital Investment Requirements: The company has thoughtfully
industries and has historically controlled their service delivery so that not invested in and responsibly managed their capital equipment and facilities.
more than 20% of revenue comes from a single sector, insulating it from a Going forward, management anticipates capital expenditures to average less
downturn in any one industry. than $60,000 per year for asset purchases and leasehold improvements.
SIGN NDA
Jeff Carignan Generational Equity
INVESTMENT BANK
OF THE YEAR
M. 413-537-3079 2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 212 381 7650
Scientific Instruments Designer & Manufacturer
New England Region, US
Est. FYE April 2019 Revenue: $3.2MM
▪ Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has a long-standing (64+ years) reputation for
providing quality products, reliable expertise, and superior customer support.
▪ Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has strong ties to clients due to its reputation for
customization and excellent customer service.
▪ Diversified Customer Base: The customer base is diverse as no one account represents more than
9.5% of revenues in a given year.
▪ Proprietary Expertise: Many of the Company’s key employees and managers have long histories in
the industry. This wealth of experience and expertise provides it with a significant intangible value
and advantage over many competitors.
▪ Modest Ongoing Capital Investment Requirements: Management does not expect a significant
investment in capital assets to be required over the pro forma period. Going forward, management
anticipates capital expenditures to average only $15,000, indexed for inflation, per year for various
equipment purchases and leasehold improvements.
▪ Management will Remain through Transition: To facilitate a successful and orderly transition, the
current owners are willing to remain with the Company during a transition period.
Client # 62031 The Company designs, builds, tests, and installs spectrometers,
monochromators, spectrographs, and optical systems for science
applications at commercial, university, and federal research
laboratories around the world. These are custom designs, but more
often are based on the Company’s comprehensive range of standard
products. They are finished per published specifications or tweaked
for specific scientific requirements.
Jeff Carignan
Customer markets include science (72% of FYE April 2018 revenues),
M&A Advisor
413-537-3079 semiconductor manufacturing (20%), energy (5%), and analytical
JCarignan@generational.com instruments (3%). The Company has supplied products and/or services
to customers throughout the world, including Asia and Europe.
The Company operates from a leased, 21,600-square foot office and
Click_here_to_sign_NDA production facility, which can accommodate more-than-double the
current revenues without major facility improvements. Staff currently
totals 19 full-time and 2 part-time employees.
seller.
Specialized Computer Product
and Accessory Manufacturer #62977
Mid-Atlantic US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company develops and manufactures specialized computer products for three
$3.6MM primary markets, public safety, industrial, and medical/healthcare. Products are
developed with superior ruggedness, compactness, reliability, and power
4‐Year Revenue CAGR
condi oning characteris cs to serve these target markets.
28.3%
The Company’s product line includes all‐in‐one computer systems with moun ng
hardware, rugged tablets, vehicle moun ng systems, and embedded computer systems, as well as,
individual components and services such as keyboards, LCD monitors, compact box PCs, and repair/service.
Product development and manufacturing takes place within a ver cally integrated, state‐of‐the‐art
environment, which includes computer‐aided design and automated machining, plas c injec on molding,
electronic design, PCB layout, cable and connector assembly, final assembly, and a Class 10000 clean room.
By delivering highly durable products and the flexibility to quickly develop customized solu ons, the
Company is significantly differen ated. Consistent investment in the development of intellectual property
has led to two patents which provide addi onal differen a on and edge in key markets.

Extensive Product Design and Produc on Capabili es. The Company maintains in‐
depth knowledge of compu ng applica on requirements for a wide range of
embedded markets. The Company offers a product line that is built from components
that are common to mul ple products, allowing a range of SKUs based on minimal
inventoried parts. In‐house produc on capabili es include mechanical design
engineering, electronic engineering and PCB layout, plas c injec on molding, CNC
machining, Li‐Ion ba ery design, soldering and wire harness assembly, as well as
computer repair and diagnosis.
GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS Strong Sales Growth. Great success was achieved over recent history in a rac ng
greater sales from key markets. From 2016 to 2018 the Company generated sales
growth at a compound annual rate of 31.5%.
Intellectual Property and Patents. The Company’s products are sought out for their
quality and superior performance achieved through significant investment in
intellectual property. Examples of this intellectual property are the two patents the
Company holds for products used in vehicles.
High Customer Sa sfac on Across a Broad Geography. The Company’s reputa on
and long‐term presence in the industry generates approximately 85% repeat business
EMPLOYEES each year. The Company has maintained an edge in the marketplace through its
Accoun ng/HR—3 Plant Management—3 flexibility in responding to unique customer requirements and customizing standard
Sales—4 Customer Support—3
Produc on—10 Engineering—4 products quickly. These repeat customer rela onships are held across a broad
IT Support—1 geography including North America, Asia, Australia, and Europe, with no geographic
Management available post transac on at
buyer’s op on. restric ons within current opera ng guidelines.
Greg Marsh Genera onal Group

Email: gmarsh@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018

Printing/Publishing

LEADING LOCAL NEWSPAPER PUBLISHER #62852
Connec cut
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Headquartered in central Connec cut, the newspaper is a leading local newspaper publisher,
$1.84M in opera on since 1951. The Company offers two newspapers in their local market, the
2020 Revenue weekly covering one specific town and a weekly newspaper covering several adjacent towns.
(PROJ) There is no local newspaper compe tor in its geography.
Opera onal Opportuni es:
$160K  Pricing for subscrip on and adver sing unchanged over past 15 years
2020 EBITDA
 Opera onal changes present opportuni es
(PROJ)
 New, invigorated management can have significant impact
2019 REVENUE BY SOURCE NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION MARKETS

A strong Founda on for Building a New Future: This company has built a solid, trusted and The Company has a
profitable rela onship in demographically desirable region of Connec cut. There are significant mul ‐disciplined team
providing exper se in:
opportuni es to introduce new technologies and business prac ces to make exis ng produc on
more profitable. Also, a fresh approach could expand its market by applying an integrated media
strategy and compete in other markets in the state.
MANAGEMENT (3)
Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 3% of revenue during the
historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be
significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
AD REPS (3)
Superior Name and Reputa on: The Company has built a strong amount of credibility, goodwill
and reputa on in the community by providing fair and honest repor ng, all key factors in the
company’s success.
REPORTERS (5)
Low Employee Turnover: The Paper has retained a team of experienced professionals with high
morale and low employee turnover as some employees have been with the Company in excess of
ten years.
OFFICE (2)
Strong Client Rela onships: The Paper’s long‐term rela onships with its subscriber base and high
levels of credibility and engagement in the local community results in con nued Customer
subscrip ons.
TYPESETTERS/PRESSMEN (4)
Tom Goltz Genera onal Equity

Email: tgoltz@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
Mobile: 617‐686‐2824 OF THE YEAR T. 214‐717‐7494
2016 - 2017 - 2018

PUBLISHER OF MULTI-PLATFORM
MOTORCYCLE-TOURING AND TRAVEL MAGAZINE
#63663
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Established in 1999, the Company has become so much more than a publisher of a niche magazine. The
founders have built a loyal base of high net-worth clientele who enjoy the culture of motorcycle-touring and
$1.5M $111K world travel. The Company has created a strong customer following drawn to the many print and digital
products and services they provide.
The core offering is a content-rich magazine. It is available in both print and digital formats, and each issue
captures the allure of the motorcycle touring lifestyle. The magazine is published six times per year, with an
$1.5M $114K additional newsstand-only special collector’s edition.
(proj) (proj) Magazine revenues are generated from a healthy mix of advertising and sponsorships, paid subscriptions and
newsstand sales. Advertising and sponsorships opportunities are available for both the magazine and a
proprietary mobile touring app, as well as various travel videos. The Company has diverse revenue streams
produced from multiple touchpoints within the business model.
ADVERTISER MARKETS 2019 REVENUE MIX
2019 WEBSITE ANALYTICS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Users 284,454 a. Superior Name and Reputation: This brand is North America’s category-leading publication and
Sessions 413,139 enjoys a long-standing reputation for the quality of its publications, expertise, dependability,
and superior customer support.
Page Views 815,495
b. Strong Client Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to advertising clients and is
often consulted on new product releases and industry news. Their top five clients have been
2019 TOP ADVERTISERS
working with the Company for a minimum of 13 years to a high of 19 years. This loyalty
TOURISM MOTORCYCLE
provides a solid base upon which to build.
Athens County Yamaha
c. Management Will Remain through Transition: Management and key employees are willing to
Northwest Montana KTM remain through the transition period and would entertain remaining with new management
Glacier County Suzuki for a longer period of time on a consultancy basis.
Visit Clemson Royal Enfield d. Outstanding Growth Opportunities: Several opportunities exist for this multi-platform media
Alabama Tourism GEICO company to significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging the Company’s
Appalachian Backroads proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and existing markets. These opportunities are
easily attainable given the appropriate investments in capital and human resources.

New York, NY 10017
M. 704-840-8390 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Retail

Retail Art Gallery #61310
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Founded in 1997 this Company is a single-location retail art gallery specializing in pop art, urban art, as well as art and photography
2018 Revenue derived from, or influenced by, popular culture. The diversity and depth of its inventory makes it a great springboard for younger
people to begin collecting, while serving as a dynamic source for more seasoned and experienced collectors.
$1.4M The customer base mainly consists of private art collectors and art investors primarily located throughout the US and abroad. The
Company has developed a database of over 15,700 active customers that have expressed specific interest in its portfolio of artists; of
2018 EBITDA
which, 4,441 have purchased artwork from the gallery.
$17K The Company operates from a 1,750-square foot gallery that features distinct exhibit areas, high ceilings, warm lighting, and an
open environment to facilitate interaction with the pieces of art. The Company’s staff totals one part-time and five full-time
employees.
MARKET Art Collectors Demographics

United States The United States has the largest share of art collectors worldwide
Middle East with 25%, followed by Germany with 9% and the UK and China with
7% each.
Europe
The biggest collector city is New York with 9% of global collectors.

London (6%) and São Paulo (3%) rank second and third.
OFFICE LOCATIONS
New York, USA
A. Niche Market Leadership: The Company is an art The Company has a multi-disciplined
team of specialists providing expertise in:
gallery that is derived from popular culture for over
22 years. They provide a comfortable environment
1 Executive Management
where first time patriots can learn and understand
when they’re buying art.
B. Superior Name and Reputation: They have 4 Account Managers
exhibitions agreements with National and

International Hotels, Clothing Stores and
CUSTOMERS Restaurants.
2018 Recurring Revenue – 38%
C. Strong Client Relationships: The Company has a
Customer Base 4,400. Top five
high rate of repeat business including Celebrity
collectors constituted 19%
Buyers and Artists.
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME D. Recognizable: Featured in Print, TV Shows and
1. 6% 3. 3% Charitable Events
5. 3%
2. 4% 4. 3%
Genell Boyer
Generational Equity
Senior M&A Advisor
125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
New York, NY 10017
2016 . 2017 . 2018 T. 336-486-7383
336-893-8233 Fax
Building Supplies Distributor / Do-It-Best Member
Premium Location - Southeastern US
2020 Est Revenue $1.3 million I 2020 Est EBITDA $253,000

Available for acquisition is a distributor of building supplies, bolts & nuts, and hardware; servicing contractors,
commercial retailers, and individual consumers. Customer markets include construction (50%), manufacturing (20%),
homeowners (20%), and marine (10%). Sales are generated by a knowledgeable staff in a rapidly growing area. All
sales are currently done in store only, with very low A//R & A/P. Ability to add outside sales, internet sales, and
expanded store hours. The Company is an authorized dealer of numerous specialty products across the following
industries:
 Automotive • Housewares
 Bolts and Nuts • Lawn & Garden
 Building Materials • Outdoor Living
• Cleaning Supplies • Paint & Painting Supplies
• Doors & Windows • Plumbing Supplies
• Electrical & Hardware • Hand Tools
• Farm & Ranch • Power Tool Accessories
• HVAC • Storage & Organization
 Strong Potential for Stepwise Expansion of Revenue and Profit: All sales are currently done in store only, with
no POS. All manual books and records with ability to add outside sales, internet sales, and expanded store hours.
Very low A/R & A/P.
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for a significant portion of revenue during the histori-
cal period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the
 Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has a long-standing (20+ year) reputation for its focus on quality
products, offering reliable expertise, and providing superior customer support.
 Diversified Customer Industries: The Company offers a diverse line of products attracting a wide consumer au-
dience that includes over a dozen industries providing a broad economic base of customers.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #62148
Email: bdewitt@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Recreational and Competitive
Activities Establishment #63059
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
Founded in 2007, the Company operates a recreational facility offering
$2.2M variety of classes and training for a variety of skill levels and ages ranging
2020 REVENUE (PROJ)
from 2 years of age to adulthood. With over 1,200 current active
participants, management has created a program which generates reliable
$300K+ and recurring revenue streams by establishing a strong reputation in the
region that surpasses the competition. The recreational facility is over
2020 EBITDA (PROJ) 34,000 square feet in size making it one of the largest of its kind in the
entire northeast region of the country. By offering a combination of both
recreational activities and programs geared towards competitive individual and team performance,
management has placed itself uniquely in a position to generate revenues in ways other gyms cannot.
INCOME STATEMENT SUMMARY ($000K) EMPLOYEES FT / PT 2019 REVENUE BY SOURCE
Owners 2 -
Administration 1 1
Facility Mgt 2 -
Competitive Coach 4 4
Class Coach - 10
Event Staff - 30
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Diversified Customer Base. No single customer accounted for more than 1% of revenue during the
historical period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be
significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Outstanding Growth Opportunities. Management has several strategies for growth that could be
implemented to continue growing revenue and profit including new training programs, corporate
team building, franchising, sales and marketing, and technology driven registration systems. With
current capacity utilization of its facility at around 70%, the growth could be achieved with no
significant capital expenditures required.
Professional Staff Expertise. The Company’s key employees have significant industry knowledge.
This wealth of experience and expertise provides a significant intangible asset and advantage over
many of its competitors.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Full-Service Jewelry Retail,
Wholesale, and Repair #62300
Mid-Atlantic US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue Founded in 1993, the Company is a full‐service retail and
$2.6MM wholesale jeweler. It retails and services all types of jewelry,
Proj. 2019 EBITDA including engagement rings, wedding bands, diamonds, and
$158K mepieces. In 2018, revenues were comprised of showcase
sales (72%), special orders (16%), jewelry and watch repairs
(11%), and other (<1%).
Customers are mostly retail (97% of 2018 revenue) with some wholesale
accounts (3%). The Company has eight wholesale accounts that are primarily
repairs for other jewelers. Expansion of the wholesale customer base is
considered a strategic growth opportunity for new ownership.
The Company operates from a free‐standing, 5,000‐square foot retail store and
repair shop for customers located within a 20‐mile radius and beyond. It is
currently staffed by 11 full‐ me and 4 part‐ me employees.

Superior Name and Reputa on: The Company has a long‐standing
reputa on for providing quality products and repair services,
reliable exper se, and superior customer support.
Diversified Customer Base: The Company’s customer base is
diverse as no one customer represents more than a few percentage
points of revenue in a given year.
Overall Growth Expected in Industry: US personal consump on
expenditures for jewelry and watches are forecast to grow at a
EMPLOYEES
Jewelry Repair—4 CAGR of 3% between 2019 and 2023.
Sales—7
Bookkeeper—1
Management Will Remain through Transi on: To facilitate a
Stockperson—2 successful and orderly transi on, the current owners are willing to
remain with the Company during a transi on period or longer if
Management and key
employees to remain requested.
post transac on.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Specialty Toy Retailer
2 Locations & Online #62696
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
For over 26 years, the Company has been serving families in a popular coastal town.
$1.5M Over 20 years ago a larger second store was opened in a similar locale. The Company
provides its customers with a lively, interactive shopping experience that delights
2019 REVENUE (PROJ)
children and their parents.
$135K They offer the highest quality toys, featuring traditional as well as curated from the
latest trends, with a focus on toys that are safe, educational, creative and inspire
2019 EBITDA (PROJ) imagination.
Both stores are found in the heart of bustling downtown historic districts. The areas are popular, surrounded by other
fine shops and restaurants. They are open year-round, except for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s Day, seven
days a week to serve the local population of families, tourists, and vacationers in the coastal centers. The owner
designed and developed the stores to look adventurous, entertaining, magical, and welcoming. Encouraging a “hands
on” feel, the products appeal to customers of all ages.
2018 REVENUE BY LOCATION PRODUCTS CURATED FROM INTERNATIONAL SOURCES
Location A 32%
(980 SqFt)
Location B 68%
(2,800 SqFt)
EMPLOYEES FT / PT
Sales 5 4
Inventory - 2
INVESTMENT APPEAL
Superior Name and Reputation: With a 26-year history, Outstanding Website: The Company maintains an
the Company has developed an excellent reputation for attractive and informative website promoting its
providing a broad selection of toys and children’s books products and services.
to its customers.
Low Employee Turnover: The Company values its staff
Strong Supplier Relationships: The Company prides itself and their experience, and that treatment is reflected in
in offering the highest quality toys, by the most the low employee turnover rate.
reputable manufacturers who adhere, not only to US
Modest Ongoing Capital Investment Requirements: The
Testing Standards, but also European Safety Company’s operations are not capital-intensive and
Qualifications. The Company has developed solid
require only modest capital expenditures.
relationships with its suppliers from around the world.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
WELL-KNOWN MFG & RETAILER OF PREMIUM #63100
CHOCOLATE & CONFECTIONERY
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This well-known Buffalo, New York company has been manufacturing and selling gourmet chocolate-based
confections, sponge candy and non-chocolate treats for over 80 years. Products offered include its famous
sponge candy as well as assorted chocolate-dipped bars and pops, nonpareils, nuts, bark, pretzels, and
$1.05M $76k caramels, orange chocolate, popcorn, brittle, caramels, barks and box assortments of creams, fruits and nuts.
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA The Company strives to make the very best products possible using the purest, finest ingredients available,
and therefore, commands premium pricing. Confections are produced and packaged in the Company’s own
production facility under strict quality control standards and practices throughout the entire manufacturing
process. Products are primarily sold through the Company’s retail store as well as online. Revenue generation
$1.09M $85k is based on repeat customers, referrals, and exceptional industry reputation. The Company maintains a very
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA high rate of repeat business and is dedicated to continually increasing its client base and industry reputation.
(PROJ) (PROJ) The Company’s exceptional management team oversees day-to-day operations, which would allow for a
smooth transition of ownership. Furthermore, management would be interested in remaining with the
business post-acquisition.
OPERATIONS CENTER INVESTMENT APPEAL STAFF

A. Superior Name and Reputation: The Company has been manufacturing and The company has a
Buffalo, New York, USA
providing its famous sponge candy and other premium products for 80 years, and fully trained staff
as such, enjoys recurring business and a long-standing reputation as an artisan consisting of:
2019 REVENUE BY TYPE producer of gourmet confections with premium pricing and superior customer
Sponge Candy 35% service. Owner/Supervision
Molded Chocolates 35% B. Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounts for more than 1% of
1 x FTE
revenue. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be
Boxed/Assort. Chocolates 15% significantly impacted by the loss of a single account. Sales
Non-Chocolate 5% C. High-Traffic Retail Location: The Company’s attractive 10,000+sqf. production 2 x FTE
Giftware/Other 10% and retail facility is located adjacent to major highway and high-traffic roads. It is 19 x PTE
surrounding by large anchor retailers and restaurants.
SALES CHANNELS D. Outstanding Growth Opportunities: The Company has opportunities to grow Production
Retail Location 99% revenues and profits by expanding its product line, growing its geographic markets 2 x FTE
Online 1% and leveraging online sales, and hiring additional experienced sales professionals to
2 x PTE
develop new business.
REPEAT CUSTOMERS E. Excellent Supplier Relationships: The Company is proud of its strong ties to
2019 80% numerous suppliers of high-grade raw materials, packaging/supplies, and other
products. Which enables its to procure its products cost-effectively and on demand.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Technology

PROACTIVE MEDICAL ALERT SERVICE
Eastern US
#63097
SIGN NDA
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Developed by MIT graduates, the Company is a proactive medical alert service that enables high-risk aging and disabled consumers to live
independently at home. The Company was founded in Boston in 2010.
Specialized in Wearable Computing and Machine Learning/AI, the Company has developed patented power-efficient methods to sample and
transmit personalized safety and wellness data to remote care teams 24 hours per day providing a technical advantage for monitoring patients
with multiple health conditions.
The Company’s clients include Fortune 500 health plans Anthem, BCBS, Centene and United Healthcare. The Company has received awards
from the NIH, AARP, Amazon Web Services and the Cleveland Clinic.
MAJOR HEALTH PLAN CLIENTS
RECOGNITION INVESTMENT APPEAL REVENUE SOURCES 2018 2019

Best Medical Alert System Patented Products: The Company holds three patents that feature Managed Care Organizations 69% 87%
for Compliance Monitoring utilizing power-efficient, wearable computing and machine Individual Consumers 31% 13%
2019 by Caring.com learning/AI to sample, transmit and escalate personalized
safety and wellness data 24 hours/day without requiring battery
recharging. The power efficiency provides the key advantage. FUNDED BY NIH
Extensive and Growing Customer Database: The Company has

materially expanded its subscriber base in a short amount of time.
Specifically, the Company’s database comprises 2,700 subscribers
and 32 active Managed Care Organization accounts.
Market Size: The addressable market size of seniors in the US and

Canada is 52 million with only 6.5% of the market penetrated by
the overall industry.
MANAGED CARE CLIENT
CUSTOMER RETENTION Domestic and International Growth Opportunities: has partnered
2018 REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHIC MARKET
100% with leading Medicaid & Medicare Dual Eligible health plans
across the US. The Company has the potential to expand outside New Jersey 32%
the US, specifically in Europe and Asia. Minnesota 18%
CALL CENTERS Massachusetts 12%

Focus on Innovation: The Company has significantly grown
Idaho Texas 8%
its Managed Care Organization accounts and subscriber base
Utah through the introduction of technologically advanced products Iowa 4%
and services. Other 26%
SIGN NDA
Tom Goltz Generational Equity
M&A Advisor 125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
Email: tgoltz@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
OF THE YEAR
Phone: 617-686-2824 F. 972 392 8538
2016 . 2017 . 2018
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no
connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer.
FEDERAL GOVCON IT/CYBER SECURITY PROVIDER TO THE #62976
US INTELLIGENCE & DEFENSE AGENCIES
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA An Intelligence Community (IC) customer recently awarded the Company a nearly $100 Million, 5-year, prime
contract to design and build a private cloud solution to serve as an on-demand marketplace platform, sharing
services across the IC supporting analysts and warfighters.
$23.5M $3.0M The Company enables defense, national security, and federal law enforcement clients to expand, improve, and
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA strengthen critical IT infrastructure and mission system capabilities within the Tier III - IV Enterprise IT
Operations and Cyber Security domains. Their project portfolio includes the customization and delivery of
optimized cloud computing, data center operations and migration, enterprise architecture, scientific research
$13.7M $1.1M and analyses, and cyber security solutions.
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA Strategically positioned in the GovCon space with key IDIQ contracts, process maturity certifications, a Top
Secret facilities clearance and a >$120M contract backlog, this company can rapidly scale as a platform or
augment a larger corporate division.
ACTIVE CLIENTS 2020 CLIENT MARKETS BY REVENUE
10%
Dept. of Defense
48% Intelligence
42% Fed. Law Enforcement
& Civilian
REVENUE GROWTH
2017 - 2019 20% CAGR
2019 - 2020 65% CAGR
CONTRACT BACKLOG
$120M+ in contracted revenue to 2025
$100B in IDIQs extending to 2028
VALUE PROPOSITION
Transformational Technology: Designs, builds and manages secure cloud environments, enabling customers to deploy advanced inte-
grated technologies for large-format data management and secure communications; optimizes and secures Internet of Things (IoT)
technologies for Celestial Navigation, Earth Orientation and Network Time Services.
Clearance and Certifications: Top Secret facility clearance, DCAA audit, 3 ISO Certifications and CMMI assessed at L2-SVC attest to: 1)
best-in-class solutions delivery; 2) proven corporate maturity; and 3) stability & credentials to penetrate preferred, cleared con-
tracting spaces.
Lean, Efficient, Scalable Infrastructure: Backoffice efficiencies through cloud-hosted processes allow for rapid proposal submission
and resource scalability while maintaining low fixed overhead. Corporate-wide access to information is enabled through Office 365,
SharePoint, and web-based payroll and timecards.
Incumbent Advantage: The Company enjoys the economic resilience of a successful, 20-year incumbent government contractor and is
structured to capitalize on privileged access to contracts while navigating the competitive landscape with a high degree of operational
agility.
Frank Folz Generational Equity

E. ffolz@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
T. 646-643-0091 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Rapidly Growing Technology Services Provider
to Government and Healthcare Clients #62829
(Southeastern US)
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA This Florida-based technology services provider offers expertise and services in cybersecurity including
advanced threat intelligence and incident remediation, as well as systems engineering and enterprise
$1.44M $936K logistics support to government and commercial healthcare customers. It also provides intelligence mission
command to Other Government Agency (OGA) clients (OGA support not included in the Company’s Financial
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA Statistics and Revenue projections).
The Company’s unwavering commitment to quality and on-time results allows for the successful
$5.50M $1.55M implementation of customer requirements. It maintains a customer base of 160 clients, 15 of whom are
active and recurring.
Staff consists of highly technical, experienced and self-motivated professionals that understand unique
customer challenges and know how to provide tailored solutions that meet and exceed customer
$11M $3M requirements. In addition to the President / CEO, the Company is supported by 10 full-time employees, 5
contract workers and 4 consultants.
The Company holds special government statuses as a Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business
(SDVOSB) and Small Business Enterprise (SBE). In addition, the Company holds a Top Secret (TS) facility
$22M $6M clearance* with access to Sensitive Compartmented Information (SCI).
2022 Revenue 2022 EBITDA *Prospective buyers must understand the National Industrial Security Program requirements and currently
have a TS Facility Clearance (FCL) or meet the requirements for a TS FCL.
KEY CUSTOMERS % OF REVENUE

Army (2012) 55%
SOCOM (2015) 35%
Florida Healthcare (2017) 10%
REPEAT BUSINESS
2019 75%
REVENUE MIX % OF REV. INVESTMENT APPEAL

Cybersecurity & EW Services 85%
a. Exceptional financial performance. Historical sales grew from $1.0 million in 2016 to $1.4 million in
Intel Mission Command 15%
2019, representing a CAGR of 14.4%. Furthermore, sales are projected to increase to almost $22MM by
2022. In addition, earnings have grown consistently year-over-year from $416,000 of EBITDA in 2017 to
CUSTOMER MARKETS $936,000 in 2019.
Government 90%
Healthcare 10% b. Strong backlog and pipeline of signed contracts. The Company currently has approximately $15.5
million of secured revenue under contract through 2026 and approximately $266 million in IDIQs
extending to 2031.
ACTIVE ACCOUNTS
2019 15 c. Resistance to economic cycles. Due to the nature of many of the Company’s customers
(governmental entities) the company is less susceptible to fluctuations in financial performance as
EMPLOYEES spending for these entities are not as strongly tied to the general economy. In addition, healthcare is a
necessity for the rapidly aging population and similarly companies in the industry are less likely to be
Sales and Marketing 3
significantly impacted by an economic downturn.
Human Resources 1
Facility Security 1 d. Outstanding growth opportunities. Several opportunities to significantly increase revenue and profit
Finance 2 have been identified, including expanding cybersecurity and healthcare services, artificial intelligence
Director of Operations/COO 1 (AI), international foreign military sales training, establishing partnerships with other government
Program Manager 2 agencies and the Top 5 defense contractors, as well as obtaining ISO 9001-2015 certification. In
Logistics Manager 1 addition, the rapid growth in demand for cloud computing, cybersecurity, wireless networks and
Cyber Professionals 8 ecommerce is expected to continue to generate significant organic growth.
Owner 1
Moses Shmueli Generational Group

Managing Director, M&A 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Software/Hardware Firm with Patented Solutions for
e-Commerce Fulfillment and Manufacturing, Kitting and
Sequencing
Headquartered in South Carolina
2020 Revenue $2.8 million I 2020 EBITDA $1.1 million
Headquartered in South Carolina, the Company designs, develops, deploys and supports hardware and software solutions for
order fulfillment in distribution centers as well as kitting and sequencing for manufacturing. These solutions are targeted at
improving both speed and accuracy of fulfillment operations, primarily for ecommerce orders from individual consumers and for
store replenishment applications. The Company designed custom hardware and software systems that are based upon both
granted and pending patents. The innovative designs and strong intellectual property position will greatly increase the
Company’s ability to maintain a competitive advantage within the supply chain industry. The Company’s core markets: industrial
tools and accessories, organic fruits and vegetables, apparel/party supplies, jewelry, cosmetics, tobacco products, vitamins and
supplements, salon products, and printed media. The Company is well-positioned for continued growth and success.
• Innovative Product Line: The Company is known for creating innovative technologies for improving the speed and ac-
curacy of order fulfillment. These technologies include hardware and software designed to provide fast and easy in-
stallation and maintenance as well as fault tolerance to enable continued operation in the face of failure
• Awards and Recognition: The Company has generated substantial awareness through numerous awards and recogni-
tion in major trade shows, trade journals and conferences
• National and International Reach: The customer base and operations are national and international in scope, allowing
it to service clients wherever they may be located and easily expand into new geographic markets
• Patented Products: The Company currently owns numerous patents and trade secrets. The Company has spent con-
siderable time and investment in developing new software and hardware systems accompanied by proprietary pro-
cesses

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581 Client #63281
Email: jsandoval@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
DEFENSE INDUSTRY INTEGRATED PROGRAM
#58300
MANAGER & SOFTWARE DEVELOPER
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 2006, the Company offers program management, consulting, integration, and custom software
development services to its Department of Defense (DoD) client base. In addition, the Company focuses on
Earned Value Management (EVM) solutions developed through the deployment of its proprietary,
$2.6M $1.0M enterprise-level Software as a Service (SaaS) application.
(PROJ) (PROJ) In solving challenging demands for some of the country’s largest development programs, the Company
operates through two profit centers; consulting and software sales. The Company enjoys an extraordinarily
$2.9M $1.1M high repeat client base and 98% of revenue comes from recurring active customer projects protected by
2021 Revenue 2021 EBITDA consulting agreements.
(PROJ) (PROJ) In addition to project management tools and performance management/EVM software, the company
supports clients by providing additional services including the creation of command media, training, and
staff mentoring in all aspects of performance management. Their services also extend to personnel
augmentation for projects, as needed, to successfully implement performance management processes.
87%
2019 MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

DoD Related Work 97% The company is the sole creator, maintainer, seller and trainer of its proprietary, trademarked enterprise
Private/Corporate 3% level web-based Earned Value Management System (EVMs) software. This software offers clients many key
project management performance capabilities not found in any other EVM tool and at a lower initial and
PROJECT BACKLOG
lower per-year costs.
As of Feb. 2020 $2.3M
The company continues to be awarded competitive selections over even the largest market share
competitors due to the superior utility of their products and their excellent customer support. In addition to
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS
new clients, product license sales consistently increase within existing client corporations.
Aerojet Rocketdyne 79%
General Dynamics 9%
Raytheon 5% NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES
The company has begun marketing initiatives aimed at existing users of a competitive tool that is no longer
2019 RETENTION
being supported and that has a large market share. The company also continues to market to government
Recurring Revenue 98%
contractors and their subcontractors who are under EVM requirements with $50 million-plus contracts and
Customer Retention 100% to companies performing any complex programs that must manage costs and maximize performance.
2019 REVENUE MIX An investment or acquisition can accelerate the growth and increase the operating margins by broadening
the distribution across existing and new geographic markets, and the financing of new special project
Consulting 64%
opportunities.
Software 36%

INVESTMENT BANK
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
M. 203-945-8919 2016 - 2017 - 2018 F. 203-738-1100
IT Consulting & Professional Services
Serving Clients Throughout the US
Founded in 2003, the Company provides software consulting, development, and integration services to
its large base of clientele. The Company applies the principles of continuous integration and test-driven
development methodology to ensure that clients’ software initiatives are of the highest quality and will
meet business needs precisely and as required. Services provided include SAP practice (5%), software
design and programming (85%), IT infrastructure (3%), software QA consulting (5%), staff augmentation
(2%), candidate services employer services (1%), and talent management (2%). In 2018, the client base of
58 individual accounts included: state and federal (18%) governments, insurance companies (12%),
telecom companies (10%), and firms in banking and other markets (60%).
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: Revenue grew at a 39.5% CAGR between 2016 and 2018. Only working capital
constraints will temper continued double-digit growth in the near term.
 Contracts and Awards: The Company was awarded a GSA Schedule 70 (IT) Contract in J anuary 2017 and has
received several state/state agency contracts, including some exclusive awards.
 Diversified Customer Base and Markets: The Company serves private sector clients across varied industry sec-
tors as well as government clients. The top five customers in 2018 collectively contributed only 24% of total reve-
nue. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss of
a single account.

Tel: (727) 415-1487 Client #62791
Telecommunications

COMMERCIAL VoIP SERVICES AND TELECOM
EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTOR AND INSTALLER
#58741
Eastern US
SIGN NDA ►
REVENUE / EBITDA BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

One‐stop‐shop telecom services include hosted Cloud‐based phone service (VoIP) and SIP trunks (both
$2.5M $375K delivered via the internet) which are offered on a monthly subscrip on basis with a 3 ‐ 5 year service
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA agreement. Telephones are also rented or sold to cloud‐based service customers. Equipment sold
(PROJ) (PROJ) includes on‐premise phones systems (ESI and Zultys), data switches and routers, telephones plus voice/
data/fiber cabling. Many on‐premise equipment customers sign service agreements for SIP Service which
provides for on‐going revenue under agreements 3 – 5 years in length. Customers may also sign
$2.4M $346K maintenance and support agreements with terms of one or more years.
The Company’s comprehensive solu on offerings include:
 Cloud Phone Service (VoIP)  SIPTrunks  Voice and Data Cabling
 On Premise IP Phone Systems (ESI and Zultys)  Carrier Service / Internet  Peripherals
 Maintenance and Management
The Company employs a comprehensive team of applica on engineers, technicians and customer service representa ves trained in new
phone system installa on, VoIP, unified messaging systems and SIP trunk installa on, opera on and maintenance.
The Company has more than 1,150 customer rela onships, including 700 ac ve accounts. Approximately 66% of revenue is derived from
long term contracts.
PRODUCTS, SERVICES, AND SOLUTIONS TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT PARTNERS

Successful provider opera ng at full capacity with significant unmet demand in The Company has a mul ‐disciplined team
thriving metropolitan service area providing exper se in:
Seasoned team of telecom applica on engineers and technicians
Recurring revenue comprising 60% of top line sales
Strong sourcing from top‐of‐the‐line vendor partners. As an authorized dealer for SALES (2) PROJECT MANAGEMENT (1)
Zultys, Mitel, ESI, Coredial, and SkySwitch, the Company has established very strong
rela onships with its suppliers.
SALES GROWTH OPPORTUNITY TECHNICIANS (4) ADMINISTRATIVE (1)

Market Share Expansion. The Company is currently opera ng at capacity.
Addi onal sales reps would enable the Company to capture a greater share of the
rapidly growing demand in the service area. The technical team currently in place can
support substan al sales growth with only 1‐2 addi onal engineers/technicians.
Iden fied Acquisi on Targets. The Company has iden fied a number of strategic OPS. MANAGEMENT (1) OWNERSHIP (1)
acquisi on targets that fit within its vision for future growth.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Transportation

Commercial, Freight & General
#62910
Aviation MRO
Northeastern US
Sign NDA ►
REVENUE/EBITDA BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

$2.1M Founded in 1988, the Company is an FAA certified repair station and full-service
aircraft maintenance company based out of a major New England airport. The
2019 REVENUE (PROJ)
Company prides itself on its outstanding customer service and is continually looking
$809K for ways to best serve clients: commercial airlines, freighters and general aviation
clients.
2019 EBITDA (PROJ)
The Company is headquartered in a 2,000 square foot office and storage facility
INCOME STATEMENT located 15 miles from it’s operating facility at the airport. The operating facility is
SUMMARY ($000K) 2,000 square feet, equipped with office and storage space, and leased from a third
party.
Superior growth and returns have been accomplished from the following factors:
Quick Response Time: Responding to current and prospective clients to implement
ever changing service requirements with quick lead times.
Thorough Service: The Company provides thorough service to all clients to meet
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA)
regulations and ensure safety of all aircrafts.
Experienced Mechanics: Employing a team of experienced FAA Certified Airframe &
Powerplant licensed technicians that have years of experience in the industry. Each
team member is highly skilled and performs work with keen attention to detail.
EMPLOYEES INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Mechanics 11 Strong Margins: The Company enjoys high profit margins. EBITDA as a percentage of
Clerical 2 sales increased from 28% to 38% in recent years. In pro forma years, management
expects this level of profitability to continue to improve due to operational
2018 REVENUE BY SOURCE efficiencies.
95%
Outstanding Growth Opportunities: The Company experienced considerable growth
and has tremendous opportunities to grow in the future. Key growth opportunities
include geographic expansion and expansion of services and markets.
Strong Customer Relationships: The Company has strong ties to clients due to its
industry expertise and excellent customer service. The result is a strong rate of
repeat business and longevity with customers, as management estimates a 99% of
3% 2% revenues are generated through repeat business.
Service Consumable Other
Industry Relationships: The Company has a strong market presence in the aircraft
maintenance industry due to its long tenure at the major New England airport and
KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME
1. 28% 4. 10%
relationships with commercial airlines and industry professionals. The Company
2. 22% 5. 4% often receives referrals as new airlines enter the market and begin new routes
3. 14% through the airport.
Sign NDA ►
Email: jcarignan@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK New York, NY 10017
Cell: 413-537-3079 OF THE YEAR Fax: 972-392-8538
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity
and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.
Liquid & Dry Bulk
Transportation
Located in SOUTHEAST US
2018 Est Revenue $4,700,000 I 2018 Est EBITDA $700,000
This Company provides transportation services for both dry and liquid bulk customers located
throughout the eastern and southeastern US. Additionally, it also offers dump truck services. Major
equipment includes:
 26 tractors
 18 end dump trailers
 1 hopper
 4 vans and reefers
 20 liquid bulk hot product transport tankers
Customer markets include highway and airport construction, farm/agricultural, manufacturing, and
landscaping. Its employee base comprises 32 full time and 3 part time individuals. The business operates
from a 4,000 office/shop and separate 2,000 square foot satellite facility .
The principals are pleased with the success the Company has achieved and recognize that it is well
positioned for continued growth; however, new ownership with greater capital and human resources
may be better suited to take the Company to the next level.
Julie Sandoval, Managing Director

Tel: (678) 646-6704 Fax: (972) 392-8581
Client #61913
Email: jsandoval@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Full-Service Towing & Recovery
Serving Commercial Clients
Available for acquisition is a full-service towing and recovery firm that primarily serves commercial
clientele. The Company’s services include: heavy duty and light duty towing and accident recovery, heavy
construction equipment hauling, storage container delivery, police rotation/emergency towing and
recovery, vehicles impound storage, private trespass/non consensual towing, voluntary repossessions
and portable vehicle relocation. The Company serves transportation and equipment rental companies ,
and other individual clients. The Company serves with excellence 500+ active accounts, with none
providing more than 10% of revenue during the historical period.
 Strong Historical Sales Growth: Revenue grew at a 23.5% CAGR between 2016 and 2018.
 Critical Mass: The Company’s sales of $2.9 million in 2019 will be attractive to buyers seeking to establish a
strong foothold or increase market share within the industry.
 Diversified Customer Base: No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue during the historical
period. The diversified customer base helps ensure that the Company will not be significantly impacted by the loss
 Solid equipment base: Over its history, the Company developed a strong asset base of tow vehicles and related
equipment.
Genell Boyer, Senior M&A Advisor

Tel: (336) 486-7383 Fax: (336) 893-8233 Client #60352
Email: gboyer@generational.com www.generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Cold Storage Warehousing
#63409
Florida
Sign NDA ►

$2.6MM Founded in 2002, this Florida based full-service refrigerated
warehouse facility engages in storing and re-packaging fresh produce
2019 Est EBITDA
for importers and growers.
$289K
The Company’s services include:
 Produce handling – loading and unloading trucks
 Inventory management
 Cross-docking
 Quality assurance and on-site third-party inspection services
 Refrigerated local delivery
 Re-packaging
The Company employs 24 full-time, and 4 part-time staff members including the owners.
The Company’s personnel base comprises operations management, sales, administration,
dock supervisors, and warehouse personnel. The company’s employee base possesses a
significant depth of experience and a strong commitment to excellent customer service.

Superior Name and Reputation: The Company enjoys a long-standing (17-year)
reputation for supplying quality service and superior customer support. A reflection
of the their reputation within the region is its approximate 80% rate of repeat
customers. The Company was also voted one of the top 3PL and Cold Storage
Providers by Food Logistics Magazine.
Strategic Location and Facility: The Company is strategically located near 2 major
highways in Florida. Their proximity to the port and access to major roadways is key
to the Company’s success.
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS
 $2.5MM in Sales Historical Sales Growth: Historical sales have grown from $2,300,000 in 2016 to
 $278K in EBITDA $2,500,000 in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, representing a compound
annual growth rate of 4.7%. Sales are expected to continue to grow at approximately
EMPLOYEES 4% into the pro forma period.
Operations Management—2 High Barriers-to-Entry: Barriers to entry into the Refrigerated Storage industry are
Dock Supervisors—2 moderate, primarily due to the substantial initial capital costs required to begin
Sanitation Director—1
operations. Construction of a large warehouse or the refitting of an existing
Warehouse Labor—17
Owners—2 warehouse to a refrigerated storage facility, as well as the purchase of forklifts,
Management and key employees to conveyor belts and other capital equipment, requires substantial capital investment.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
MANUFACTURER OF REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR
#63525
MASS TRANSIT INDUSTRY (CONNECTICUT)
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Founded in 1986, the company is a manufacturer of replacement parts for the mass transit industry. The
company serves railroads, railroad contractors, commercial clients, and original equipment manufacturers
$1.14M $175K primarily in New York, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Connecticut.
The company makes a diversified spectrum of parts, producing approximately 400 to 500 rail parts annually
in such categories as electrical (ground straps, cable assemblies, bus bars), sheet metal (covers, brackets,
fabricated weldments), specialty bolts, neoprene parts (flexible ducts, cleats), and fiberglass products
$1.30M $220K (covers, sand boxes) for commuter cars, light rail vehicles, and subway cars.
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA The company is an ISO-audited and MTA-approved vendor with a 30-year history of providing quality parts
(PROJ) (PROJ)
at competitive prices. The company operates from a 7,400 square foot facility in Connecticut. They are the
sole source for many products since the original manufacturers no longer produce them and their
competitors no longer exist.
CUSTOMERS REVENUE BY CUSTOMER SEGMENT
87%
7%
2%
4%

New York 53%
Alternate Source to the OEM. The company is an alternate OEM and approved vendor with access to
Massachusetts 19%
the mass transit industry. It has received lists of hundreds of replacement parts that are needed, has
Pennsylvania 18%
begun to reverse engineer these parts, and has already started to realize the benefits of this ongoing
Connecticut 4%
project.
South Carolina 3%
New Jersey 3% Development of Secondary Markets. The company is implementing a sales and marketing strategy to
capture orders from other railroads and mass transit authorities that require similar parts and are
having sourcing issues.
2019 KEY ACCOUNTS
Metro North Railroad 27%
MTBA 19% NEW GROWTH INITIATIVES
SEPTA 17% Accelerated Growth. The company expects accelerated growth beyond 2019 as many of the new train
Long Island Railroad 15% parts are now out of warranty. They have had parts in testing since 2017 that are now being
NY City Transit Auth. 6% approved. The New York Legislature has approved $51B for the historic MTA modernization project.
Trade Show Presence. The company plans on attending trade shows that are listed in Railway Age and
REVENUE SOURCE Progressive Railroad Magazines to showcase appropriate parts for various commuter cars and
Custom Fabricated Parts 100% to offer an alternative to imported and discontinued OEM parts.

New York, NY 10017
D. 203-716-1185 OF THE YEAR T. 212-381-7650
2016 - 2017 - 2018
M. 203-945-8919 F. 203-738-1100
Proven Short Haul Trucking Business #63737
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA Established in 1996, the Company provides short haul trucking services covering South Carolina,
Georgia, and North Carolina. Their strength and success have been a result of superior customer
service, reliability, and up-to-date equipment. Their current fleet includes 10 trucks and 65 trailers.
$1.12M $66K
2019 Revenue 2019 EBITDA The Company has a strong contingent of long-term customers, providing tracking services for paper
tubes, roll stock paper, meat, boxes, textiles, plastic, and other products. Covid-19 has accelerated
demand for the Company’s services propelling 2020 Revenue (projected) to $1.45M.
$1.45M $163K Their 95% repeat/recurring Revenue illustrates the Company’s strong operations and customer
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA service, and the opportunity to grow topline Revenue with customer acquisition. The president of
(PROJ) (PROJ)
the Company is interested to assist the right buying party for a transition period, prior to retirement.
2019 REVENUE BY PRODUCT MIX 2019 REVENUE BY CUSTOMER MARKET
EQUIPMENT LIST INVESTMENT APPEAL

Provided in the CIM
a. Superior Name and Reputation. The Company enjoys a long-standing (20+ year) reputation for reliable
transportation, excellent customer service, and well-maintained equipment.
EBITDA MARGIN b. Outstanding Growth Opportunities. Several opportunities exist for the company to increase revenue and
2017: 12.4% profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to pursue new and existing markets. Specifically,
management cites expanding upon the Company’s geographic area served, increasing its customer base,
2018: 10.2%
diversifying its range of hauled goods, and improving sales and marketing initiatives.
2019: 5.9%
c. Strong Customer Relationships. The Company is proud of its strong ties to customers and reputation for
2020: 11.2% customer service. This is evidenced by the Company’s 95% rate of repeat business and 20+ year relationship with
all key customer accounts.
EMPLOYEES d. Strategic Growth and Expansion. The Company maintains a stable customer base and currently only performs
a small percentage of the hauling work with these customers. The opportunity exists to significantly expand
Drivers: 6
hauling services with these customers if the Company was able to identify and bring on additional drivers and
Owners: 2 trucks. Likewise, the Company could take advantage of additional hauling work if it were to expand its
Total: 11 geographic reach. The current constraint is in the need to develop a pipeline for return loads in order to improve
profitability.
Paul Fackler Generational Equity, NC Office

Senior M&A Advisor 11220 Elm Lane Suite 200
E. pfackler@generational.com Charlotte, NC 28277
INVESTMENT BANK
M. 704-557-6862 OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Local and Long-Distance Moving,
Storage, and Packing Services #62667
Mid-Atlantic US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company provides moving, storage, and packing services for local and
$4.0MM
long‐distance. The Company maintains modern, clean, and secure storage
Proj. 2019 EBITDA facili es specifically designed to protect belongings un l they are ready
$211K for delivery. Movers offer a secure and personalized experience for
customers, anywhere, any me. The Company offers over 40,000 square
feet of class A warehouse/office space, 24’ clearance, five loading docks, 24‐hour central alarm
system, and containerized.
The Company primarily serves the residen al market as well as commercial and military. No
residen al clients comprise a significant por on of revenue and commercial clients rarely
account for more than 5% of annual revenue consistently. The Company primarily serves
customers from a regional, mul ‐state footprint; but all in a local or long‐distance capacity.
The Company’s sales and marke ng program includes several avenues to capture new business,
retain current business, and build brand awareness, including direct mail, online adver sing, and
print media. Sales staff also a end weekly business networking seminars in an ongoing effort to
build brand awareness and strengthen personal business referrals, rela onships, and friendships.

Comprehensive Service Offerings: The Company offers every service
solu on for every aspect of moving and storage: local and long distance
moving, interna onal reloca on, climate‐controlled storage, portable
storage, full and par al packing services, and box and material
packages. Whether a client is a COD customer, a company execu ve, or
a military member; the Company offers a service solu on.
Exclusive Contract: The Company recently obtained the professional
moving contract from the State. The Company was the exclusive holder
of this account for 10 years from 1999 through 2009, and each year
averaged $500,000 to $750,000 per year, with some years exceeding
$1,000,000.
EMPLOYEES
Sales—3 Superior Name and Reputa on: The Company has built an excellent
Accoun ng—3
Opera ons—3
reputa on as a leading moving and storage company with over 35 years
Warehousing—2 in business, leading to many longstanding customer rela onships. The
Drivers—20
Laborers—17 Company has also received numerous awards, including the Small
Management and key employees Business of the Year Award from its State.
Jerry Cohen Genera onal Group

Email: jcohen@genera onal.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Utilities

Outstanding HVAC Firm with Brilliant
Business Model #62387
Southeastern US
Sign NDA ►

$7.0+MM This 23+ year old company has developed the better
2019 Est EBITDA
mousetrap. June 30, 2019 sales exceeded June 30, 2018 sales by
$2.4+MM 50.2%. But June 30, 2019 EBITDA exceeded June 30, 2018
EBITDA by 157.4%. This is unheard of growth and profitability.
The larger they grow, the more profitable they become. The
reason for their success is due to the following: Their target market is nationwide
multi-family communities where they are installing hundreds of units at a time. They
maintain a stable of installers who are flown to the complexes where they are
needed. The installers are independent contractors who are treated as employees.
Their compensation is based on how many units they install regardless of the time
that it takes. This compensation arrangement motivates each installer to operate
efficiently. They have 2,800 active accounts, and 90% of revenue is generated from
repeat Business. They are able to purchase equipment and parts at phenomenal
discounts due to the nature of their Business. They maintain little to no inventory
because the units go straight from the manufacturer to the apartment complexes.

The sky is the limit if you hire sales representatives to knock on
doors from the West Coast to the East Coast.
 If you are a plumbing contractor you can buy this Business to
become a multi-service organization.
 If you are a large HVAC contractor in another part of the
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS country, you can acquire a very significant presence in the
 $1.3MM in EBITDA Southeast.
 2,800 Active Accounts  If you are a Private Equity Group, you can purchase this
EMPLOYEES Business to serve as a Platform Company or to add on to other
Management—1 holdings in your portfolio.
Technicians—4
Administrators—3 The Owners are committed to a smooth transition of whatever
Owners—2
mutual transition period is agreed upon. They will allow their
Management and key employees to license to be used until another person can serve in this capacity.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Available for Acquisition
Portable Pole Rack Systems Sales & Design/Construction Services
Located in Southeastern US Region: NDA #61430
Est. 2017 Sales: $1,300,000 | Est. 2017 EBITDA: $557,000
In business since 1987, the Company has built substantial goodwill by providing quality
products and excellent customer service. Management credits reputation and established
strong customer relationships as the two most critical factors contributing to the Company’s
historical success.
Lack of Competition
The owner designed the pole rack based on his previous work in construction management.
Major suppliers have non-compete and non-disclosure agreements with the Company that
prevents them from selling the parts to other customers and duplicating the system. No other
companies are providing similar racks.
Outstanding Growth Opportunities

Utility companies as a whole are becoming very safety conscious as well as working towards
savings in their operations. Both of these issues are addressed with a properly designed and
installed pole rack system. Traditionally, the pole yard is one of the most unsafe and
inefficient areas of a utility company’s operations.

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
Sales 893 1,018 1,197 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,700 1,900 2,100
% Growth -- 14.0% 17.6% 8.6% 7.7% 7.1% 13.3% 11.8% 10.5%
Gross Profit 399 467 674 732 788 845 957 1,070 1,182
% of Sales 44.7% 45.9% 56.3% 56.3% 56.3% 56.3% 56.3% 56.3% 56.3%
EBIT 171 288 486 551 601 650 754 859 963
% of Sales 19.1% 28.2% 40.6% 42.4% 42.9% 43.3% 44.4% 45.2% 45.9%
EBITDA 205 299 504 557 609 661 767 874 980
% of Sales 22.9% 29.3% 42.1% 42.8% 43.5% 44.1% 45.1% 46.0% 46.7%
Founded in 1987, the Company portable pole rack systems as well as design and construction services for
pole yards to public and private utility companies throughout the US. The Company’s Pole Storage System
was custom-designed by the owner for the utility industry to provide more effective pole yard management.
The manufacturing of the parts is completed by three primary suppliers that have non-compete and non-
disclosure agreements in place. Installation is performed on-site, by the Company, by other contractors, or by
Client #61430 the customer. The Company has designed pole yards and installed Pole Racks in over 250 pole yards. All of
the engineering and design is completed by in-house staff using the latest CADD systems available.
Mario Dieckmann The Company primarily serves public and private utility companies throughout the US with a strong
Senior M&A Advisor concentration in the Southeast. The Company primarily focuses on building its online presence to garner
Licensed Real Estate Broker potential leads. The Company also attends industry trade shows to build its network and educate utility
239-231-3069 companies on safety.
mdieckmann@generational.com
Since 2009, utility companies have become increasingly concerned with worker safety, and the pole yard is
one area that has proven to be high risk. With a properly designed yard and a safe, efficient pole rack system,
the possibility for accidents has been reduced. The portable pole rack system is even recognized by major
Generational Equity, LLC
14241 Dallas Parkway, Suite 700 insurance carriers and safety rating agency’s as a proven method to reduce risk. Further, the Company has
Dallas, TX 75254 developed a system that can be installed under the pole racking system that collects and cleans water run-off.
www.generational.com Over the years, the need for electricity has grown; thus, the need for additional poles for transmission and
distribution continues to increase. The Company provides a proven system to safely and effectively manage
those poles.

DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accord-
ingly, Generational Equity makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not
be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Generational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network
Family-Owned & Operated HVAC
Company #62853
Located in Georgia
Sign NDA ►

$4.3MM This firm is one of the largest locally operated, well established, highly recognized, full-service HVAC
entities serving South Metro Atlanta for over 20 years. No job is too large, and no job is too small. The
firm provides service and maintenance plans, residential retrofits, small and large commercial retrofits,
2019 Est EBITDA institutional retrofits and other HVAC related products and services to an established client base and
$276K has a steady inflow of new clients. The central residential market area population is around 300,000
with over 100,000 single family homes of which approximately 75% are owner occupied. The median
income for the overall area is between $73-$84,000. In this size area with the average home under 50
years of age, there is an estimated 4500 homes needing mechanical replacement annually.
The firm has over 1100 preventative maintenance clients and differentiates itself from the competition by performing full system
evaluations at every maintenance inspection and offers monthly payment options. Over the past five years, they have performed over
20,000 PM’s, COD calls, and assisted residential and commercial installs. Over the same period 50% of the company retrofit sales were
directly attributable to the Tech leads from service calls and the balance from creative marketing with loyal local marketing venues such
as the local radio, custom digital billboards in the community, direct mail and community involvement. The firm is supported with coop
marketing funds from national vendors.
The commercial department specializes in direct replacement/retrofit projects locally and throughout the State of Georgia for small
business, local municipalities, and various State Agencies via private invitation requests for quotes and through our customized lead
review processes. The department maintains sales of $1.5-$2 million per year with an average of 4 field employees.
All employees cross train to be able to support all aspects of the business with an emphasis on solution-oriented processes. This
ensures client loyalty and fulltime year-round employment. The team/family culture and customized employee benefits contributes to
the 50% plus staff retention over five years. Staffing has remained steady at 20-22 total personnel for the past five years while sales
have risen 18% from 2014 to 2018 and currently are estimated to be $4 million in 2019 or 5% over 2018. The systems and processes in
place, built with the loyalty and input of the team, allow for greater sales revenue with less personnel, effectively reducing costs.
The property is offered as an additional purchase option to the business. The business has been situated at this location from the
beginning and has consistent drive-up customer presence including a substantial counter sales income.

If you are looking for the most efficiently run midsize HVAC company around to
build into a large cash cow endeavor – look no further. The Company collects over
95% COD on service and residential replacement. This firm is ready to expand
either through HVAC market share alone or with the addition of lateral markets
including but not limited to plumbing, electrical, home automation and security.
The processes and foundations are strong, and the owner is committed to a
smooth transition. The COO is a family member, holds a State License, has 20+
years’ experience and would like to stay in that position which would allow the
KEY 2018 HIGHLIGHTS owner to exit per any term the buyer may need for the smooth transition.
 $3.9MM in Sales
 4,000 Active Accounts
The Company’s current ratio as of December 31, 2018 was 1.5, a strong current
EMPLOYEES ratio is an indication of Powers’ ability to meet short term liability needs, and the
Service—4 Company demonstrated strong working capital with unadjusted current assets
Residential Installation—5
totaling $690,000 and current liabilities totaling $470,000 as of December 31,
Commercial Installation—5
Administrative—5
2018. A strong NWC can position a company well for continued growth, and
Sales—1 provides a strong buffer to maintain operations in the event of various systematic
Management and key employees to and unsystematic risks.

New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Wholesale

Multi-Location Industrial and Oilfield
Supplies Distributor and Facility Build-Out
Services Provider
Headquartered in Southwestern US
Est. 2019 Revenue $16,000,000 I Est. 2019 EBITDA $2,000,000
The Company wholesales and retails industrial and oilfield supplies including hoses, valves, fittings, tools,
and other related items. The Company also utilizes job trailers and Conex containers that can be left at
customer locations for on-hand supply. The Company provides a wide array of services from building
custom hydraulic hose kits for drilling rigs and private lay line for industrial hose; all the way up to facility
build-outs for well hookups and saltwater disposal wells. Quality products and expert service are offered
for well head hookups, job trailers, tank batteries, injection disposals, valves/pipe, weld fittings,
industrial hoses, hydraulic/custom hose kits, pneumatic, suction/discharge hose, custom bulk hoses, and
crimp fittings/camlocks/quick connects. Hoses are built to specifications and can be crimped or banded.
The Company serves a diverse customer base including the oilfield production, oilfield trucking, drilling,
farm/ranch, and industrial/utility plants customer markets. The Company serves and supports its
customer base through a highly experienced and knowledgeable outside and inside sales team.
 Unique Market Position: The Company’s strategic geographic positions enable it to rapidly serve its customers in
the most efficient manner. The Company also offers a selectively broad product range that they cannot find at most
competitors, if not all.
 Reputation for High Quality Products and Outstanding Customer Service: The Company’s employees are experi-
enced and knowledgeable, which contributes to a high degree of customer satisfaction. The Company provides
customers with a tailored experience when and where possible. Its ongoing commitment to quality service, prod-
uct availability, and customer relationships has resulted in consistent repeat business and significant referrals.
 Continuity of Management Team: The owners are willing to remain engaged in the business post-transaction, if
requested, to ensure seamless ownership transfer, transition established relationships, and assist in continued
growth.
Corey Painter, Vice President M&A

Tel: (972) 232-1152 Fax: (972) 392-8570 Client #61701
Email: cpainter@generational.com www.Generational.com I www.DealForce.com
Commercial and Industrial
Fuel Supplier and Distributor #63216
Northeastern US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
Proj. 2019 Revenue
The Company supplies and distributes fuel products to a broadly
$77.8MM diversified base of customers. The Company meets customers daily and
Proj. 2019 EBITDA emergency fuel needs for products including hea ng oil, diesel fuel,
$1.5MM gasoline, kerosene, and propane. The commodi zed nature of products
leads the Company to compete on the basis of consistency of supply and
service, customer rela onships, and price.
While the Company’s pricing strategy is fairly consistent with other industry par cipants, its
service offerings match or exceed most compe tors. Customers are able to secure daily pricing,
short and long‐term fixed pricing, and fixed formula pricing based on industry indexes. The
Company provides value‐added services including fuel tank monitoring services, a tank loaner
program, and fuel user and reseller credit packages. This service offering cons tutes a
comprehensive solu on to customer fueling needs, solidifies customer rela onships, and drives
recurring/repeat business.
The Company delivers products and services from a strategically located facility and a base of
trucks and trailers from leading manufacturers.

Diversified Customer Base. The Company serves over 225 ac ve
accounts with few customers consistently accoun ng for more than 3% of
annual revenue. This diversified customer base ensures that the Company
will not be significantly impacted by the loss of a single account.
Cri cal Mass. The Company’s es mated sales of $77.8 million for 2019
and average sales of $72.8 million from 2016 to 2018 represent a
significant market share in the Northeastern US. This market share is an
KEY 2018 ACCOUNT a rac ve opportunity for a buyer to establish a foothold or to increase
REVENUE CONCENTRATION market share through acquisi on.
1. 18% 3. 2%
2. 3% 4. 2% Established Opera ons and Exper se. The Company has operated for
many years and through a range of economic cycles. Through this
EMPLOYEES successful history the Company has developed profitable opera ng
Sales—5 procedures and has gained superior rela onships and exper se across
Administra ve—6
Drivers—3
customer and geographic markets. This prosperous history posi ons the
Management and key employees Company for extraordinary future growth.
Frank Folz Genera onal Group

Managing Director 125 Park Avenue , 25th Floor
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
QUALITY BUILDING SUPPLY, CABINETRY AND
LIGHTING SUPPLY COMPANY #63036
SIGN NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE / EBITDA For nearly 30 years, this full-service building supply company has been providing residential and commercial
contractors with all varieties of cabinets, windows & doors, siding, lighting and accessories. Many well-known
$7.8M $727K builders in the region are counted as repeat customers.
This company has two locations. The headquarters is comprised of a 60,000 SF facility, housing a showroom,
warehouse and office space. The showroom is a novelty in the area, with its very unique layout and design.
With a second 15,000 SF location, there is plenty of space for continued growth and development.
$8.5M $792 The customer base is a healthy mix of home construction (75%) and commercial contractors(25%) ; 82% being
2020 Revenue 2020 EBITDA repeat business. Because of their image and reputation, they are enjoying a strong trend toward high-end
(PROJ) (PROJ) residential and commercial projects. This company is truly recognized for its quality of product and service.
2018 REVENUE BY STATE PRODUCT LINES IN ORDER OF VOLUME
20%
80%
2018 REVENUE BY MARKET INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

Home Construction 75% a. Rising Gross Profit Trend: Gross profit has recently increased from The Company has a multi-
Commercial 25% 30.5% of sales in 2016 to 33.9% of sales by the end of 2018. The disciplined team with expertise in:
Company has been able to efficiently control its cost of sales after
CUSTOMER RETENTION high growth to maximize gross profit. 3
X STORE MANAGERS
2018 82% b. Outstanding Growth Opportunities: There exist several
opportunities for ownership to significantly increase revenue and
2018 REVENUE SOURCES profit, including leveraging the Company’s proven reputation to 2
X CABINET MANAGERS
Cabinets 28% pursue and penetrate new and existing markets through geographic
Installation 27% expansion, roofing and lumber products, and enhanced advertising
and marketing. 8
X SALES
Siding / Soffits / Shutters 23%
Windows / Doors 16% c. Modest Ongoing Capital Investment Requirements: The need for
Lighting / Accessories 5% capital expenditures is minimal moving forward for the Company.
X 5
Capital expenditures are projected at $15,000 per annum with a 3% WAREHOUSE / DELIVERY
2018 KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME growth rate in order to reach the pro forma sales figures.
Customer 1 14%
d. Strong Net Working Capital: A strong NWC provides a pool of 1
X
Customer 2 12% resources from which the Company can draw for continued growth ADMINISTRATIVE
Customer 3 4% and a strong buffer to maintain operations in the event of various
Customer 4 4% systematic and unsystematic risks.

Email: jsluiter@generational.com INVESTMENT BANK
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Wholesale Battery Distribution &
#63595
Retail Sales
New England, US
Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE/EBITDA
The Company is a battery specialist distributing all types of batteries,
$6.3M battery equipment, and battery accessories, with a smaller retail segment.
2020 REVENUE (PROJ) Their core competencies are in four main product divisions: cars, trucks and
recreational vehicles, security alarms, household electronics, and
$480K+ accessories. The Company offers a wide variety of batteries used in many
homes, offices, plants, and product lines, and can deliver them quickly to
2020 EBITDA (PROJ) customers located throughout the Company’s service area. The Company is
home to the most consistently knowledgeable, experienced and service-
oriented team of employees in the area.
2019 REVENUE BY INVESTMENT APPEAL

CUSTOMER MARKET
Superior Name, Reputation and Past Performance. As a distributor of a
nationally recognized battery manufacturer, the Company relies heavily on
its national reputation. The Company enjoys a long-standing reputation for
the quality of its products, services, expertise, dependability, and superior
customer support in the region. The Company’s reputation in the industry
is the result of conducting business with a philosophy that is supported by
professionals, principals, values, and ethics. The majority of revenue is
derived from repeat business and referrals.
Strong Management Team. The Company’s management team has a
tremendous amount of experience providing high quality products and
2019 REVENUE BY services. The team is focused on providing quality, timely, and cost-effective
SOURCE products, coupled with proactive and responsive customer service.
Outstanding Growth Opportunities. Several opportunities exist for the
Company to significantly increase revenue and profit, including leveraging
the Company’s proven reputation to pursue and penetrate new and
existing markets. These opportunities are attainable given the appropriate
investments in capital and human resources.
Attractive Market Demographics. A key indicator for car battery sales can
be found in the number of vehicles sold in a region. US personal
consumption expenditures of new and used autos and investment in motor
vehicles are forecast to grow at an annual compounded rate of 3% between
EMPLOYEES FT/PT 2019 and 2023.
Service Managers 3 - Recession-Resistant Industry. In the event of an economic downturn,
Wholesale/Retail Store 2 2 individuals would still need to purchase batteries to run household
electronics and vehicles.
Sign NDA ►
New York, NY 10017
2016 - 2017 - 2018
DISTRIBUTOR of FASTENERS
& CUTTING TOOLS #62244
North Carolina Sign NDA ►
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Est. 2019 Revenue The Company is a tool and fastener distributor located in North Carolina. The
Company works with most commercial construction trades, as well as industrial
$1.3M and government agencies. With a staff of 5 full-time and 3 part-time employees
Est. 2019 EBIT that includes the two principals, the Company operates out of a 9,166 square-
foot facility, that includes store and warehouse. The facility is leased from a
$280k unrelated party. The owner is willing to remain post sale, to facilitate a smooth
transition.
CUSTOMER MARKETS INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Government
Other Trade 5%
Contractors
14%
Niche Market The primary market and product
focus is the commercial glazing industry, which
includes fabrication and installation of store
Electrical
Contractors fronts, curtain walls, and unitized glazing.
5%
Strong Financial Profile Company Gross profit

General
Contractors Commercial
in 2018 was 48.3% and EBIT was 24.6%.
12% Glazers
64%
Superior Reputation The business has a strong
reputation for providing quality products,
reliable expertise, and superior customer
support. The Company has strong ties to their
REVENUE MIX clients due to it’s reputation for timely delivery
Other and excellent customer service.
18%
Glazers & Laser Diverse Customer Base The Company has over
Products
3% 200 active customers across a diverse range of
Electrical Tools &
industries.
Assessories Fastners
7% 51%
Efficient Fill-Rate 95% percent of orders are
shipped to customers within 24 to 48 hours.
The Company provides free same or next-day
Cutting Tools delivery, and offers product advice and
21% training.

OF THE YEAR
2016 - 2017 - 2018
Well-Established Distributor of Bear-
ings & Power Transmission Equipment
Located in Southeastern US Region — NDA #61036

The Company provides bearings and power transmission equipment to customers across many industries. Additional services include
engineering and system design, inventory management, and training. The majority of revenue is generated from whole assembly, including a
mix of the Company’s product offerings. The Company’s product offerings as a percentage of 2017 revenue include: Whole Assembly (44%),
Bearings (19%), Power Transmission (12%), Conveyors (10%), Electrical (8%), and Other (7%). In 2017, the Company’s primary customers are
machine manufacturers and users within the waste water (30%), asphalt (25%), recycling (15%), drum manufacturing (8%), printing (5%),
package handling (5%), and other markets (12%). The Company has established strong relationships with its 35 active clients; approximately
75% of revenue is derived from repeat business.
Founded in 1973, the Company is registered as an S-Corporation. The current owners are willing to remain with the Company through a
reasonable transition period to ensure a seamless transfer of ownership and favorable compensation. Management is supported by one full-
time non-union sales employee. The Company operates from a 700 square foot facility that is centrally located to its clients. The facility is
leased at fair market rates. The Company’s equipment base includes computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and vehicles.
The Company is differentiated from its competition through its strong customer relationships and superior reputation for quality products.
The Company’s strong technical product knowledge and proximity to key markets has positioned it to take advantage of opportunities, such
as the launch of LED lighting product line. Significant success and growth will be achieved going forward as the Company continues to
leverage its strong relationships with its loyal customer base and benefit from referrals from existing customers.

The Company is proud of its strong ties to clients and its reputation for quality work and client service. Evidence of these relationships is
shown in the rate of repeat business, as well as the consistently received referrals. Several key customers have been working with the
Company for 11 or more years.
Proprietary Expertise
With its broad product offerings, and other services provided including engineering and system design, inventory management, and training,
the Company has developed and implemented strong internal programs to strongly differentiate itself from competition.

The Company enjoys a long-standing (45+ years) reputation for quality products and superior customer support. The Company is well known
for its expertise on meeting customer’s general and specific needs.

Tel: (336) 486-7383 Fax: (336) 893-8233 11175 Cicero Drive, Suite 100 Client #61036
DISCLAIMER: All information contained in this document has been provided by the subject company to Generational Equity and while believed to be correct has not been verified. Accordingly, Generational Equity makes no representations
or warranties as to accuracy and truthfulness of such information. The recipient hereof acknowledges that Generational Equity shall not be liable for any loss or injury suffered by said recipient in any way connected to the delivery by Gen-
erational Equity of this document. At all times Generational Equity and its affiliate network members is an agent for the seller and not for the buyer. Generational Equity’s fees are paid by the seller.

June Flipbook East

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

June Flipbook East

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AGRI

CULTURE FOOD & BEVERAGE

You can now s

Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

Gene Gall Generational Group

Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

2019 REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT APPEAL

Moses Shmueli Generational Equity

2020 Revenue $3.3 million I 2020 EBITDA $722 thousand

For more information, please sign the Confidentiality Agreement

Julie Sandoval, Senior Managing Director M&A

2019 Est Revenue BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

2018 REVENUE MIX INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Management and key employees to

Mario Dieckmann Generational Group

Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

REVENUE CAGR INVESTMENT APPEAL

Genell Boyer Generational Equity

REVENUE BY SERVICES HISTORIC SALES ($M) REVENUE BY LOCATION

EBITDA AS A % OF SALES INVESTMENT APPEAL

Jack Sluiter Generational Equity

Sales 4,366 5,181 4,611 4,700 4,900 5,100 5,400

For more information, please sign the Confidentiality Agreement

Mario Dieckmann, Senior M&A Advisor

REVENUE SOURCES TOP CUSTOMERS

INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

Pete Pryor Genera onal Equity

Prime Single Location in Florida - NDA #61440

2019 Est. Revenue $2.6M | 2019 Est. EBITDA $370K

Strategic Geographic Location & Facility Capabilities

Recurring Revenue & Diversified Customer Base

For more information, please sign the Non-Disclosure Agreement

Barry DeWitt, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

For more information, please sign the Confidentiality Agreement

Julie Sandoval, Senior Managing Director—M&A

New York - Expandable

RECOGNITION INVESTMENT APPEAL EXPERIENCED TEAM

The Company operates two Meineke franchised car care centers.

Large and Diversified Customer Modest Ongoing CAPEX

Gene Gall Generational Group

Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

CUSTOMER MARKETS GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS

KEY ACCOUNT VOLUME INVESTMENT APPEAL

Moses Shmueli Generational Equity

2019 CLIENT MARKETS 2019 REVENUE MIX

2019 CLIENT MARKETS INVESTMENT APPEAL

Ahmad Behjati Generational Equity

Register on DealForce to get new deal listings in real-time.

2018 Estimated Revenue: $18,000,000 I 2018 Estimated EBITDA: $3,100,000

(Financial Summary on Reverse Side)

Historical Est. Projected

Adjusted Balance Sheet

For additional information regarding: Client #62163

Execute and return the accompanying Generational Equity

Fax to: (312) 893-5505

 Electrical Equipment Integration

 Low Voltage Projects

 Remodel & New Electrical Construction

Strong Qualifications & Recurring Orders

Strong Growth Expected & Backlog of Contracted Projects

For more information, please sign the Non-Disclosure Agreement

Genell Boyer, Senior M&A Advisor Generational Equity, LLC

GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS BY REVENUE 2019 CUSTOMER MARKETS 2019 REVENUE SOURCES